Plumb through all the indirection and copy some code from
ethtool -S. The names of the group indicate that these are
the stats we are after (and Saeed confirms it).
v3:
- fix build in mlx5_rep
v2:
- drop the ethool helper and call stats directly
- don't pass 0 as initialized to in buffer
- use local buffer
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report standard pause frame stats. They are already aggregated
in struct ixgbe_hw_stats.
The combination of the registers is suggested as equivalent to
PAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted / PAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived
by the Intel 82576EB datasheet, I could not find any information
in the HW actually supported by ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These stats are already reported in ethtool -S.
Michael confirms they are equivalent to standard stats.
v2: - fix sparse warning about endian by using the macro
- use u64 for pointer type
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add CQE compression support for completions of packets that span
multiple strides in a Striding RQ, per the HW capability.
In our memory model, we use small strides (256B as of today) for the
non-linear SKB mode. This feature allows CQE compression to work also
for multiple strides packets. In this case decompressing the mini CQE
array will use stride index provided by HW as part of the mini CQE.
Before this feature, compression was possible only for single-strided
packets, i.e. for packets of size up to 256 bytes when in non-linear
mode, and the index was maintained by SW.
This feature is supported for ConnectX-5 and above.
Feature performance test:
This was whitebox-tested, we reduced the PCI speed from 125Gb/s to
62.5Gb/s to overload pci and manipulated mlx5 driver to drop incoming
packets before building the SKB to achieve low cpu utilization.
Outcome is low cpu utilization and bottleneck on pci only.
Test setup:
Server: Intel(R) Xeon(R) Silver 4108 CPU @ 1.80GHz server, 32 cores
NIC: ConnectX-6 DX.
Sender side generates 300 byte packets at full pci bandwidth.
Receiver side configuration:
Single channel, one cpu processing with one ring allocated. Cpu utilization
is ~20% while pci bandwidth is fully utilized.
For the generated traffic and interface MTU of 4500B (to activate the
non-linear SKB mode), packet rate improvement is about 19% from ~17.6Mpps
to ~21Mpps.
Without this feature, counters show no CQE compression blocks for
this setup, while with the feature, counters show ~20.7Mpps compressed CQEs
in ~500K compression blocks.
Signed-off-by: Ofer Levi <oferle@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Add support for rewriting of IPV6 DSCP part of traffic class field.
Next commands, for example, can be used to offload rewrite action:
OVS:
$ ovs-ofctl add-flow ovs-sriov "tcpv6, in_port=REP, \
actions=mod_nw_tos:68, output:NIC"
iproute2:
$ tc filter add dev REP ingress protocol ipv6 prio 1 flower skip_sw \
ip_proto tcp \
action pedit ex munge ip6 traffic_class set 68 retain 0xfc pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev NIC
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Support tc trap such that packets can explicitly be forwarded to slow
path if they match a specific rule.
In the example below, we want packets with src IP equals 7.7.7.8 to be
forwarded to software, in which case it will get to the appropriate
representor net device.
$ tc filter add dev eth1 protocol ip prio 1 root flower skip_sw \
src_ip 7.7.7.8 action trap
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Multiple features use metadata matching such as bond vport
in live migration, multi-port RoCE mode, stacked devices;
hence, enable vport metadata matching by default.
Fixes: 1e62e222db ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport metadata matching only when mandatory")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
In merged eswitch configuration, peer miss rule is setup for all
vports. If metadata is enabled, peer miss rule with metadata matching
will be configured instead of source port matching; however, some
vports that have not yet been enabled don't have default_metadata
setup and their default_metadata will be zero.
Hence, setup/cleanup default metadata for all vports when eswitch moves
in/out of offloads mode.
Fixes: 133dcfc577 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Uplink vport must have a dedicated metadata with vhca_id
being part of the metadata.
Fixes: 133dcfc577 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Alloc and free unique metadata for match")
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Check E-Switch capabilities and enable metadata support flag
before using it to setup other features that need metadata.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
LAG offload can't be enabled if the enslaved PF is not lag master,
which is indicated by HCA capabilities bit. It is cleared if more than
64 VFs are configured for this PF.
Previously, a data structure is created to store lag info, including
PFs to be enslaved, then a handler is registered for netdev notifier.
However, this initialization is skipped if PF is not lag master. So
PF can't handle CHANGEUPPER event from upper bond device. Even worse,
PF is enslaved silently, and LAG offload is not activated.
Fix this by registering netdev notifier for PFs which are not lag
masters. When CHANGEUPPER event is received, and both physical ports
(and only them) on the same NIC are about to be enslaved, a warning is
returned for user to know it.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
If bond tx type is not active-backup or hash, LAG offload can't be
enabled. When CHANGEUPPER event is received, and both PFs (and only
them) under the same lag master are about to be enslaved, a warning
is returned for user to know the offload failure, otherwise PFs are
enslaved silently without LAG offload activated.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Change the return value to -ENOENT, to make it more meaningful.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Before calling timecounter_cyc2time(), clock->lock must be taken.
Use mlx5_timecounter_cyc2time instead which guarantees a safe access.
Fixes: afc98a0b46 ("net/mlx5: Update ptp_clock_event foreach PPS event")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Holding the clock lock is not required when scheduling a PPS work.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Clock struct is part of struct mlx5_core_dev. Code was inconsistent, on
some cases used container_of and on another used clock->mdev.
Align code to use container_of amd remove clock->mdev pointer.
While here, fix reverse xmas tree coding style.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
This isn't a fall through because it was after a return statement. The
fall through annotation leads to a Smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_ethtool.c:246
mlx5e_ethtool_get_sset_count() warn: ignoring unreachable code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Add variable initialization to eliminate the warning
"variable may be used uninitialized".
Fixes: 5f29458b77 ("net/mlx5e: Support dump callback in TX reporter")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Tal <moshet@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Clean and rebuild the debugfs info for the queues being swapped.
Fixes: a34e25ab97 ("ionic: change the descriptor ring length without full reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_schedule() call will only schedule the NAPI if it is not
already running. To make sure that we do not deactivate interrupts
without scheduling NAPI only deactivate the interrupts in case NAPI also
gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_complete_done() and activate the interrupts when this function
returns true. This way the generic NAPI code can take care of activating
the interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_tx_napi_add() should be used for NAPI in the TX direction instead
of the netif_napi_add() function.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to netif_wake_queue() when the TX descriptors were freed was
missing. When there are no TX buffers available the TX queue will be
stopped, but it was not started again when they are available again,
this is fixed in this patch.
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures the size of an internal buffer that the
Spectrum ASICs use when mirroring traffic on egress. This size should be
taken into account when validating that the port headroom buffers are not
larger than the chip can handle. Up until now this was not done, which is
incidentally not a problem, because the priority group buffers that mlxsw
auto-configures are small enough that the boundary condition could not be
violated.
However when dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, the user has control over
sizes of PG buffers, and they might overshoot the headroom capacity.
However the size of the SBIB buffer depends on port speed, and that cannot
be vetoed. Therefore SBIB size should be deduced from maximum port speed.
Additionally, once the buffers are configured by hand, the user could get
into an uncomfortable situation where their MTU change requests get vetoed,
because the SBIB does not fit anymore. Therefore derive SBIB size from
maximum permissible MTU as well.
Remove all the code that adjusted the SBIB size whenever speed or MTU
changed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum port speed depends on link modes supported by the port, and for
Ethernet ports is constant. The maximum speed will be handy when setting
SBIB, the internal buffer used for traffic mirroring. Therefore, keep it in
struct mlxsw_sp_port for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum port MTU depends on port type. On Spectrum, mlxsw configures
all ports as Ethernet ports, and the maximum MTU therefore never changes.
Besides checking MTU configuration, maximum MTU will also be handy when
setting SBIB, the internal buffer used for traffic mirroring. Therefore,
keep it in struct mlxsw_sp_port for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures the size of an internal buffer that the
Spectrum ASICs use when mirroring traffic on egress. This size should be
taken into account when validating that the port headroom buffers are not
larger than the chip can handle. Up until now this was not done, which is
incidentally not a problem, because the priority group buffers that mlxsw
auto-configures are small enough that the boundary condition could not be
violated.
When dcbnl_setbuffer is implemented, the user gets control over sizes of PG
buffers, and they might overshoot the headroom capacity. However the size
of the SBIB buffer depends on port speed, which cannot be vetoed. There is
obviously no way to retroactively push back on requests for overlarge PG
buffers, or reject an overlarge MTU, or cancel losslessness of a certain
PG.
Therefore, instead of taking into account the current speed when
calculating SBIB buffer size, take into account the maximum speed that a
port with given Ethernet protocol capabilities can have.
To that end, add a new ethtool callback, ptys_max_speed, which determines
this maximum speed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow reusing the logic, extract from
mlxsw_sp_port_get_link_ksettings() the code to obtain Ethernet protocol
attributes, mlxsw_sp_port_ptys_query().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-09-14
This series contains updates to i40e driver only.
Li RongQing removes binding affinity mask to a fixed CPU and sets
prefetch of Rx buffer page to occur conditionally.
Björn provides AF_XDP performance improvements by not prefetching HW
descriptors, using 16 byte descriptors, and moving buffer allocation
out of Rx processing loop.
v2: Define prefetch_page_address in a common header for patch 2.
Dropped, previous, patch 5 as it is being reworked to be more
generalized.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL and NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM features
to support vxlan segmentation and checksum offload. Ipip and ipv6
tunnel packets are regarded as non-tunnel pkt for hw and as for other
type of tunnel pkts, checksum offload is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c:661:6: warning:
variable 'val' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
661 | u32 val;
| ^~~
After commit 7f9664525f ("qlcnic: 83xx memory map and HW access
routines"), variable 'val' is never used in qlcnic_83xx_cam_unlock(), so
removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/pxa168_eth.c:1190:6: warning:
variable 'retval' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1190 | int retval;
| ^~~~~~
Function pxa168_eth_change_mtu() always return zero, so variable 'retval'
is redundant, just remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_ptp.c:523:6: warning:
variable 'ns' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
523 | u64 ns;
| ^~
After commit 6605b730c0 ("FEC: Add time stamping code and a PTP
hardware clock"), variable 'ns' is never used in fec_time_keep(),
so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c:510:6: warning:
variable 'tx_status' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
u32 tx_status, irq_enable;
^~~~~~~~~
After commit 4796417417 ("dnet: Dave DNET ethernet controller driver
(updated)"), variable 'tx_status' is never used in dnet_start_xmit(),
so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking in each iteration of the Rx packet processing
loop, move the allocation out of the loop and do it once for each napi
activation.
For AF_XDP the rx_drop benchmark was improved by 6%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The i40e NIC supports two flavors of HW descriptors, 16 and 32
byte. The latter has, obviously, room for more offloading
information. However, the only fields of the 32B HW descriptor that is
being used by the driver, is also available in the 16B descriptor.
In other words; Reading and writing 32 bytes instead of 16 byte is a
waste of bus bandwidth.
This commit starts using 16 byte descriptors instead of 32 byte
descriptors.
For AF_XDP the rx_drop benchmark was improved by 2%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The software prefetching of HW descriptors has a negative impact on
the performance. Therefore, it is now removed.
Performance for the rx_drop benchmark increased with 2%.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
refcount of rx_buffer page will be added here originally, so prefetchw
is needed, but after commit 1793668c3b ("i40e/i40evf: Update code to
better handle incrementing page count"), and refcount is not added
every time, so change prefetchw as prefetch.
Now it mainly services page_address(), but which accesses struct page
only when WANT_PAGE_VIRTUAL or HASHED_PAGE_VIRTUAL is defined otherwise
it returns address based on offset, so we prefetch it conditionally.
Jakub suggested to define prefetch_page_address in a common header.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After commit 759dc4a7e6 ("i40e: initialize our affinity_mask
based on cpu_possible_mask"), NAPI IRQ affinity_mask is bind to
all possible CPUs, not a fixed CPU
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Richard Cochran points out that SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS should be set when
the skbuff is queued for timestamping. Add this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'w89c840_open()' is incorrectly reported in a debug message. Use __func__
instead.
While at it, fix some style issue in the same function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We found a set but not used variable 'ring_cons' in mlx4_en_xmit(), it will
cause a warning when build the kernel. And after checking the commit record
of this function, we found that it was introduced by a previous patch.
So, We delete this redundant assignment code.
Fixes: 488a9b48e3 ("net/mlx4_en: Wake TX queues only when there's enough room")
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than doing request_irq and then disabling the irq immediately, it
should be safer to use IRQ_NOAUTOEN flag for the irq. It removes any gap
between request_irq() and disable_irq().
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missed suspend/resume callbacks to properly restore networking after
suspend/resume cycle.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI J721E (CPSW9g) ALE version is similar, in general, to Sitara AM3/4/5
CPSW ALE, but has more extended functions and different ALE VLAN entry
format.
This patch adds support for for multi port TI J721E (CPSW9g) ALE variant.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ALE VLAN entries are too much differ between different TI CPSW ALE
versions. So, handling them using flags, defines and get/set functions
became over-complicated.
This patch introduces tables to describe the ALE VLAN entries fields, which
are different between TI CPSW ALE versions, and new get/set access
functions. It also allows to detect incorrect access to not available ALL
entry fields.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AM65x ALE supports HW auto-ageing which can be enabled by programming
ageing interval in ALE_AGING_TIMER register. For this CPSW fck_clk
frequency has to be know by ALE.
This patch extends cpsw_ale_params with bus_freq field and enables ALE HW
auto ageing for AM65x CPSW2G ALE version.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hence all existing driver updated to use ALE dev_id the usage of ale dev_id
can be made mandatory and cpsw_ale_create() can be updated to use
"features" property from ALE static configuration.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI TI AM65x/J721E CPSW NUSS driver to use
dev_id.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI Keystone 2 NETCP driver to use dev_id and
perform clean up by removing "ale_entries" configuration code.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch has introduced possibility to select CPSW ALE by using
ALE dev_id identifier. Switch TI cpsw driver to use dev_id="cpsw" and
perform clean up by removing "ale_entries" configuration code.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As existing, as newly introduced CPSW ALE versions have differences in
supported features and ALE table formats. Especially it's actual for the
recent AM65x/J721E/J7200 SoC and feature AM64x, which supports features
like: auto-aging, classifiers, Link aggregation, additional hw filtering,
etc.
Existing ALE configuration interface is not practical in terms of adding
new features and requires consumers to program a lot static parameters. Any
attempt to add new options will case endless adding and maintaining
different combination of flags and options.
Hence CPSW ALE configuration is static and fixed for SoC (or set of SoC) It
is reasonable to add support for static ALE configurations inside ALE
module. This patch adds static ALE configuration table for different ALE
versions and provides option for consumers to select required ALE
configuration by providing ALE const char *dev_id identifier.
This feature is not enabled by default until existing CPSW drivers will be
modified by follow up patches.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cpsw_ale_get_num_entries() API to return number of ALE table entries
and update existing drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves complete nic tls offload (kTLS) code from crypto
directory to drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/ch_ktls
directory. nic TLS is made a separate ULD of cxgb4.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Maheshwari <rohitm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling hinic_close in hinic_set_channels, all queues are
stopped after netif_tx_disable, but some queue may be rewaken in
free_tx_poll by mistake while drv is handling tx irq. If one queue
is rewaken core may call hinic_xmit_frame to send pkt after
netif_tx_disable within a short time which may results in accessing
memory that has been already freed in hinic_close. So we call
napi_disable before netif_tx_disable in hinic_close to fix this bug.
Fixes: 2eed5a8b61 ("hinic: add set_channels ethtool_ops support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-09-09
This series contains updates to i40e and igc drivers.
Stefan Assmann changes num_vlans to u16 to fix may be used uninitialized
error and propagates error in i40_set_vsi_promisc() for i40e.
Vinicius corrects timestamping latency values for i225 devices and
accounts for TX timestamping delay for igc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Necessitates an .ndo_features_check, as the EF10 datapath has several
limitations on what it can handle.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From the 8000 series onwards, EF10 NICs with suitable firmware are able
to perform TSO within VXLAN or NVGRE encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the tx_queue->handle_tso function pointer, and just use
tx_queue->tso_version to decide which function to call, thus removing
an indirect call from the fast path.
Instead of passing a tso_v2 flag to efx_mcdi_tx_init(), set the desired
tx_queue->tso_version before calling it.
In efx_mcdi_tx_init(), report back failure to obtain a TSOv2 context by
setting tx_queue->tso_version to 0, which will cause the TX path to
use the GSO-based fallback.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Won't actually be exercised until we start advertising the corresponding
offload features.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the MC reports the VXLAN_NVGRE datapath capability, then these queues
can be used for checksum offload of encapsulated packets.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing yet creates inner csum TXQs; just change all references to
EFX_TXQ_TYPE_OFFLOAD to the new EFX_TXQ_TYPE_OUTER_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it possible to have an arbitrary mapping from types to labels,
because when we add inner-csum-offload TXQs there will no longer be a
convenient nesting hierarchy of NIC types (EF10 will have inner-csum
TXQs, while Siena will have HIGHPRI).
Correct a misleading comment on efx_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are never modified, so constify them to allow the compiler to
place them in read-only memory. This moves about 25kB to read-only
memory as seen by the output of the size command.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
296203 65464 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
321003 40664 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The old_channel argument is never used, so remove it.
The function is only called from elsewhere in efx_channels.c, so make
it static and remove the declaration from the header file.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statement above it already returns, so there is no way to get here.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx_init_struct already calls this, we don't need to do it again.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the correct resolution for the conflict from
merging the "net" tree fix:
commit 26cb7085c8 ("enetc: Remove the mdio bus on PF probe bailout")
with the "net-next" new work:
commit 07095c025a ("net: enetc: Use DT protocol information to set up the ports")
that moved mdio bus allocation to an ealier stage of
the PF probing routine.
Fixes: a57066b1a0 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flow control support. The functionality was tested on AR9331 SoC and
confirmed by iperf3 results and HW counters exported over ethtool.
Following test configurations was used:
iMX6S receiver <--- TL-SG1005D switch <---- AR9331 sender
The switch is supporting symmytric flow control:
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
--->> Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Auto-negotiation: on
Port: MII
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Link detected: yes
The iMX6S system was configured to 10Mbit, to let the switch use flow
control:
- ethtool -s eth0 speed 10
With flow control disabled on AR9331:
- ethtool -A eth0 rx off tx off
- iperf3 -u -c 172.17.0.1 -b100M -l1472 -t10
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Jitter Lost/Total Datagrams
[ 5] 0.00-10.00 sec 66.2 MBytes 55.5 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms 0/47155 (0%) sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 11.5 MBytes 9.57 Mbits/sec 1.309 ms 38986/47146 (83%) receiver
With flow control enabled on AR9331:
- ethtool -A eth0 rx on tx on
- iperf3 -u -c 172.17.0.1 -b100M -l1472 -t10
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Jitter Lost/Total Datagrams
[ 5] 0.00-10.00 sec 15.1 MBytes 12.6 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms 0/10727 (0%) sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 11.5 MBytes 9.57 Mbits/sec 1.371 ms 2525/10689 (24%) receiver
Similar results are get in opposite direction by introducing extra CPU
load on AR9331:
- chrt 40 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null &
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic ethtool support. The functionality was tested on AR9331 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We found the following warning when using W=1 to build kernel:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c:3634:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int ret, coe = priv->hw->rx_csum;
When digging stmmac_get_rx_header_len(), dwmac4_get_rx_header_len() and
dwxgmac2_get_rx_header_len() return 0 only, without any error code to
report. Therefore, it's better to define get_rx_header_len() as void.
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows the driver to report the device link speed
when the ethtool command:
ethtool <nic name>
is run.
Getting the link speed is done via a new admin queue command:
ReportLinkSpeed.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes the driver better aware of the connectivity status of the
device. Based on the device's status register, the driver can call
netif_carrier_{on,off}.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Patricio Noyola <patricion@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for batching AQ commands and uses it for creating and
destroying queues.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Sagi Shahar <sagis@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds per queue NIC stats to ethtool stats and to report-stats.
These stats are always exposed to guest whether or not the
report-stats flag is turned on.
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds functionality to report driver stats to Hypervisor.
(Users may want to turn this feature off as a matter of privacy
so a "report-stats" flag is added as an ethtool priv option.
It is also disabled by default.)
The hypervisor would trigger a stats report in case "too many"
packets dropped; the stats would be useful in debugging stuck
queues.
A "stats_report_trigger_cnt" stat is added to count the number of times
the hypervisor attempts to trigger stats report.
A timer is also added so that when report-stats is enabled, stat are
updated once every 20 seconds.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuo Zhao <kuozhao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the driver to use dev_info/err instead of netif_info/err.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <csully@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for getting and setting the RX copybreak
value via ethtool.
Reviewed-by: Yangchun Fu <yangchun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuo Zhao <kuozhao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Awogbemila <awogbemila@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MTU change on ethtool is currently not supported for iWARP. Notify qedr
driver so that appropriate logging can take place.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200902165741.8355-6-michal.kalderon@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
zbva is always false, so fbo is never read.
A 'zero-based-virtual-address' is simply IOVA == 0, and the driver already
supports this.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/16-v2-270386b7e60b+28f4-umem_1_jgg@nvidia.com
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
Fixes the following warning when using W=1 to build kernel:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function ‘smc_phy_configure’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:1039:6: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int status;
Signed-off-by: Luo Jiaxing <luojiaxing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase Rx ring size to address issue where hardware is reaching
the receive work limit.
Before:
[ 102.223342] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.245695] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.251387] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
[ 102.267444] de2104x 0000:17:00.0 eth0: rx work limit reached
Signed-off-by: Lucy Yan <lucyyan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_eqs.c:115: warning: Excess function parameter 'hw_handler' description in 'hinic_aeq_register_hw_cb'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_api_cmd.c:382: warning: Excess function parameter 'size' description in 'api_cmd'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1841: warning: Excess function parameter 'netdev' description in 'hns_set_multicast_list'
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1841: warning: Excess function parameter 'p' description in 'hns_set_multicast_list'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:137: warning: Excess function parameter 'drv' description in 'hns_xgmac_enable'
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:497: warning: Excess function parameter 'cmd' description in 'hns_xgmac_get_regs'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename cdev to hdev.
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hnae.c:444: warning: Excess function parameter 'cdev' description in 'hnae_ae_unregister'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_io.c:373: warning: Excess function parameter 'sq_msix_entry' description in 'hinic_io_create_qps'
drivers/net/ethernet/huawei/hinic/hinic_hw_io.c:373: warning: Excess function parameter 'rq_msix_entry' description in 'hinic_io_create_qps'
Rename these wrong names.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the functions mvpp2_isr_handle_xlg() and
mvpp2_isr_handle_gmac_internal(), the bool variable link is assigned a
true value in the case that a given bit of val is set. However, if the
bit is unset, no value is assigned to link and it is then passed to
mvpp2_isr_handle_link() without being initialised. Fix by assigning to
link the value of the bit test.
Build-tested on x86.
Fixes: 36cfd3a6e5 ("net: mvpp2: restructure "link status" interrupt handling")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb3/t3_hw.c:2209: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description in 'clear_sge_ctxt'
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb3/t3_hw.c:2975: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description in 't3_set_proto_sram'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using XDP every ingress packet is passed to an eBPF (xdp) program
which returns an action for this packet.
This patch adds counters for the number of times each such action was
received. It also counts all the invalid actions received from the eBPF
program.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added statistics for TX queues that are used for XDP TX. The statistics
are the same as the ones printed for regular non-XDP TX queues.
The XDP queue statistics can be queried using
`ethtool -S <ifname>`
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new metrics provide granular visibility along multiple network
dimensions and enable troubleshooting and remediation of issues caused
by instances exceeding network performance allowances.
The new statistics can be queried using ethtool command.
Signed-off-by: Guy Tzalik <gtzalik@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type of all stat fields is u64, therefore when iterating over stat
fields in a stats struct, it makes sense to use an offset in 64 bit
resolution. Doing so allows us to drop some of the casting that is
currently used when referencing stats.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release first buffer as last one since it contains references
to subsequent fragments. This code will be optimized introducing
multi-buffer bit in xdp_buff structure.
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove mvneta_stats from mvneta_swbm_rx_frame signature since now stats
are accounted in mvneta_run_xdp routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We allow drivers to call napi_hash_del() before calling
netif_napi_del() to batch RCU grace periods. This makes
the API asymmetric and leaks internal implementation details.
Soon we will want the grace period to protect more than just
the NAPI hash table.
Restructure the API and have drivers call a new function -
__netif_napi_del() if they want to take care of RCU waits.
Note that only core was checking the return status from
napi_hash_del() so the new helper does not report if the
NAPI was actually deleted.
Some notes on driver oddness:
- veth observed the grace period before calling netif_napi_del()
but that should not matter
- myri10ge observed normal RCU flavor
- bnx2x and enic did not actually observe the grace period
(unless they did so implicitly)
- virtio_net and enic only unhashed Rx NAPIs
The last two points seem to indicate that the calls to
napi_hash_del() were a left over rather than an optimization.
Regardless, it's easy enough to correct them.
This patch may introduce extra synchronize_net() calls for
interfaces which set NAPI_STATE_NO_BUSY_POLL and depend on
free_netdev() to call netif_napi_del(). This seems inevitable
since we want to use RCU for netpoll dev->napi_list traversal,
and almost no drivers set IFF_DISABLE_NETPOLL.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even tho mlx4_core registers the devlink ports, it's mlx4_en
and mlx4_ib which set their type. In situations where one of
the two is not built yet the machine has ports of given type
we see the devlink warning from devlink_port_type_warn() trigger.
Having ports of a type not supported by the kernel may seem
surprising, but it does occur in practice - when the unsupported
port is not plugged in to a switch anyway users are more than happy
not to see it (and potentially allocate any resources to it).
Set the type in mlx4_core if type-specific driver is not built.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to easily change the rx buffer size, rely on
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE instead of PAGE_SIZE in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
routine for rx buffer split. Currently this is not an issue since we set
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE to PAGE_SIZE - MVNETA_SKB_PAD but it is a good to
have to configure a different rx buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When timestamping a packet there's a delay between the start of the
packet and the point where the hardware actually captures the
timestamp. This difference needs to be considered if we want accurate
timestamps.
This was done on the RX side, but not on the TX side.
Fixes: 2c344ae245 ("igc: Add support for TX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The previous timestamping latency numbers were obtained by
interpolating the i210 numbers with the i225 crystal clock value. That
calculation was wrong.
Use the correct values from real measurements.
Fixes: 81b055205e ("igc: Add support for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The for loop in i40e_set_vsi_promisc() reports errors via dev_err() but
does not propagate the error up the call chain. Instead it continues the
loop and potentially overwrites the reported error value.
This results in the error being recorded in the log buffer, but the
caller might never know anything went the wrong way.
To avoid this situation i40e_set_vsi_promisc() needs to temporarily store
the error after reporting it. This is still not optimal as multiple
different errors may occur, so store the first error and hope that's
the main issue.
Fixes: 37d318d780 (i40e: Remove scheduling while atomic possibility)
Reported-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function ‘i40e_set_vsi_promisc’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1176:14: error: ‘aq_ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
i40e_status aq_ret;
In case the code inside the if statement and the for loop does not get
executed aq_ret will be uninitialized when the variable gets returned at
the end of the function.
Avoid this by changing num_vlans from int to u16, so aq_ret always gets
set. Making this change in additional places as num_vlans should never
be negative.
Fixes: 37d318d780 ("i40e: Remove scheduling while atomic possibility")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fix the assert during VF driver installation when the personality is iWARP
Fixes: 1fe614d10f ("qed: Relax VF firmware requirements")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some configurations ARFS cannot be used, so disable it if device
is not capable.
Fixes: e4917d46a6 ("qede: Add aRFS support")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In CMT and NPAR the PF is unknown when the GFS block processes the
packet. Therefore cannot use searcher as it has a per PF database,
and thus ARFS must be disabled.
Fixes: d51e4af5c2 ("qed: aRFS infrastructure support")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manishc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for timestamping transmit packets. We allocate SYNC
messages to queue 1, every other message to queue 0.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for receive timestamping. When enabled, the hardware adds
a timestamp into the receive queue descriptor for all received packets
with no filtering. Hence, we can only support NONE or ALL receive
filter modes.
The timestamp in the receive queue contains two bit sof seconds and
the full nanosecond timestamp. This has to be merged with the remainder
of the seconds from the TAI clock to arrive at a full timestamp before
we can convert it to a ktime for the skb hardware timestamp field.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TAI block in the mvpp2.2 hardware.
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the first level interrupt status registers to determine how to
further process the port interrupt. We will need this to know whether
to invoke the link status processing and/or the PTP processing for
both XLG and GMAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link interrupt is used for way more than just the link status; it
comes from a collection of units to do with the port. The Marvell
documentation describes the interrupt as "GOP port X interrupt".
Since we are adding PTP support, and the PTP interrupt uses this,
rename it to be more inline with the documentation.
This interrupt is also mis-named in the DT binding, but we leave that
alone.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "link status" interrupt is used for more than just link status.
Restructure mvpp2_link_status_isr() so we can add additional handling.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device.
A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers.
(1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides
This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch
instance both are located on a single system.
(2) controller located on external host system.
This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its
devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system.
When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both
controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap.
Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed.
For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has
PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0.
These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both.
Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions.
An example view of two controller systems:
---------------------------------------------------------
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| connect | | ------- ------- |
----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) |
------|--------------------------------------------------
(internal wire)
|
---------------------------------------------------------
| devlink eswitch ports and reps |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | |
| |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | |
| |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
| | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| ------- ------- |
| |
| local controller_num=0 (eswitch) |
---------------------------------------------------------
An example devlink port for external controller with controller
number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"controller": 1,
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller.
A controller either located on same system or it can be an external
controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in.
Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external
controller.
Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver.
An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to
controller 1.
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ECPF supports one external host controller. Read controller number
from the device.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ptp to ptp_info.
Fix W=1 compile warnings (invalid kerneldoc):
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:94: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_adjfine'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:141: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_adjtime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:163: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_gettime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:185: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_settime'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/common/cavium_ptp.c:208: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptp' description in 'cavium_ptp_enable'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ch_ipsec was removed without clearing xfrmdev_ops and netdev
feature(esp-hw-offload). When a recalculation of netdev feature is
triggered by changing tls feature(tls-hw-tx-offload) from user
request, it causes a page fault due to absence of valid xfrmdev_ops.
Fixes: 6dad4e8ab3 ("chcr: Add support for Inline IPSec")
Signed-off-by: Ayush Sawal <ayush.sawal@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typo/spello of "functionality".
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Jiri Kosina <trivial@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code recently moved into this file contained a number of coding style
issues, about which checkpatch and xmastree complained. Fix them.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c:4238: warning: Excess function parameter 'netdev' description in 'bnx2x_setup_tc'
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c:4238: warning: Excess function parameter 'tc' description in 'bnx2x_setup_tc'
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c: In function ‘smsc911x_rx_fastforward’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c:1199:16: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c: In function ‘smsc911x_eeprom_write_location’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smsc911x.c:2058:6: warning: variable ‘temp’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Wei Xu <xuwei5@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns3_update_promisc_mode is defined, but not be used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several macros related queue defined, but never
used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tc_num_last_time' is defined, but never used, so remove it.
Reported-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'io_base' has been defined and initialized, but never used,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member link of struct hclge_mac stores the link status of
MAC and PHY if PHY exists, but its annotation uses word "exit",
so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reset fails, if there are some pending jobs for the periodic
service task, it does not do anything except print error each
time the task is scheduled. So skip the periodic service task if
reset failed.
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since variable send_msg and ret only used in if branch, so move
their definition into the if branch.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Christoph says[1] that dma_set_mask_and_coherent() is smart enough to
truncate the mask itself if it's too long. So we can get rid of our
"lop off one bit and retry" loop in efx_init_io().
[1]: https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg677266.html
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Per-module versions for in-tree drivers are deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If the reported PHY capabilities do not include a given FEC mode, don't
attempt to select that FEC mode anyway. If the user tries to set a mode
through ethtool that is not supported, return an error.
The _REQUESTED bits don't appear in the supported caps, but are implied
by the corresponding FEC bits.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Originally there were several implementations of PHY operations for the
several different PHYs used on Falcon boards. But Falcon is now in a
separate driver, and all sfc NICs since then have had MCDI-managed PHYs.
Thus, there is no need to indirect through function pointers in
efx->phy_op; we can simply call the efx_mcdi_phy_* functions directly.
This also hooks up these functions for EF100, which was previously using
the dummy_phy_ops.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
dev_close(), by way of ef100_net_stop(), already brings down the filter
table, so there's no need to do it again (which just causes lots of
WARN_ONs).
Similarly, don't bring it up ourselves, as dev_open() -> ef100_net_open()
will do it, and will fail if it's already been brought up.
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Indentation and logic clearly show that this code is missing
parenthesis.
Fixes: 9f13457377 ("ibmvnic fix NULL tx_pools and rx_tools issue at do_reset")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c: In function dnet_start_xmit
drivers/net/ethernet/dnet.c:511:15: warning: variable ‘len’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
commit 4796417417 ("dnet: Dave DNET ethernet controller driver (updated)")
involved this unused variable, remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
bnxt_fw_reset_task() which runs from a workqueue can race with
bnxt_remove_one(). For example, if firmware reset and VF FLR are
happening at about the same time.
bnxt_remove_one() already cancels the workqueue and waits for it
to finish, but we need to do this earlier before the devlink
reporters are destroyed. This will guarantee that
the devlink reporters will always be valid when bnxt_fw_reset_task()
is still running.
Fixes: b148bb238c ("bnxt_en: Fix possible crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task().")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the driver goes through PCIe AER reset in error state, all
firmware messages will timeout because the PCIe bus is no longer
accessible. This can lead to AER reset taking many minutes to
complete as each firmware command takes time to timeout.
Define a new macro BNXT_NO_FW_ACCESS() to skip these firmware messages
when either firmware is in fatal error state or when
pci_channel_offline() is true. It now takes a more reasonable 20 to
30 seconds to complete AER recovery.
Fixes: b4fff2079d ("bnxt_en: Do not send firmware messages if firmware is in error state.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The wrappers in include/linux/pci-dma-compat.h should go away.
The patch has been generated with the coccinelle script below and has been
hand modified to replace GFP_ with a correct flag.
It has been compile tested.
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_classifier()', 'vnic_dev_fw_info()',
'vnic_dev_notify_set()' and 'vnic_dev_stats_dump()' (vnic_dev.c) GFP_ATOMIC
must be used because its callers take a spinlock before calling these
functions.
When memory is allocated in '__enic_set_rsskey()' and 'enic_set_rsscpu()'
GFP_ATOMIC must be used because they can be called with a spinlock.
The call chain is:
enic_reset <-- takes 'enic->enic_api_lock'
--> enic_set_rss_nic_cfg
--> enic_set_rsskey
--> __enic_set_rsskey <-- uses dma_alloc_coherent
--> enic_set_rsscpu <-- uses dma_alloc_coherent
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_init_prov2()' GFP_ATOMIC must be used
because a spinlock is hidden in the ENIC_DEVCMD_PROXY_BY_INDEX macro, when
this function is called in 'enic_set_port_profile()'.
When memory is allocated in 'vnic_dev_alloc_desc_ring()' GFP_KERNEL can be
used because it is only called from 5 functions ('vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()',
'vnic_cq_alloc()', 'vnic_rq_alloc()', 'vnic_wq_alloc()' and
'enic_wq_devcmd2_alloc()'.
'vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()': already uses GFP_KERNEL and no lock is taken
in the between.
'enic_wq_devcmd2_alloc()': is called from ' vnic_dev_init_devcmd2()'
which already uses GFP_KERNEL and no lock is taken in the between.
'vnic_cq_alloc()', 'vnic_rq_alloc()', 'vnic_wq_alloc()': are called
from 'enic_alloc_vnic_resources()'
'enic_alloc_vnic_resources()' has only 2 call chains:
1) enic_probe
--> enic_dev_init
--> enic_alloc_vnic_resources
'enic_probe()' is a probe function and no lock is taken in the between
2) enic_set_ringparam
--> enic_alloc_vnic_resources
'enic_set_ringparam()' is a .set_ringparam function (see struct
ethtool_ops). It seems to only take a mutex and no spinlock.
So all paths are safe to use GFP_KERNEL.
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+ DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_TODEVICE
+ DMA_TO_DEVICE
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_FROMDEVICE
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE
@@
@@
- PCI_DMA_NONE
+ DMA_NONE
@@
expression e1, e2, e3;
@@
- pci_alloc_consistent(e1, e2, e3)
+ dma_alloc_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, GFP_)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3;
@@
- pci_zalloc_consistent(e1, e2, e3)
+ dma_alloc_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, GFP_)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_free_consistent(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_free_coherent(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_map_single(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_map_single(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_single(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_single(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, e5;
@@
- pci_map_page(e1, e2, e3, e4, e5)
+ dma_map_page(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4, e5)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_page(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_page(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_map_sg(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_map_sg(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_unmap_sg(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_unmap_sg(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_single_for_device(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_single_for_device(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4;
@@
- pci_dma_sync_sg_for_device(e1, e2, e3, e4)
+ dma_sync_sg_for_device(&e1->dev, e2, e3, e4)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_dma_mapping_error(e1, e2)
+ dma_mapping_error(&e1->dev, e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_set_dma_mask(e1, e2)
+ dma_set_mask(&e1->dev, e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
- pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(e1, e2)
+ dma_set_coherent_mask(&e1->dev, e2)
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It's nice if the phy is online before we register the netdev
so try to do that first.
Stop trying to do "second tried" to register the phy, it
works perfectly fine the first time.
Stop remvoving the phy in uninit. Remove it when the
driver is remove():d, symmetric to where it is added, in
probe().
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PAE bit of NCFGR register, when set, pauses transmission
if a non-zero 802.3 classic pause frame is received.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Parshuram Thombare <pthombar@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pass the correct offset to clear the stale filter hit
bytes counter. Otherwise, the counter starts incrementing
from the stale information, instead of 0.
Fixes: 12b276fbf6 ("cxgb4: add support to create hash filters")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Firmware erases the entire flash region which may take several
seconds before flashing, so we bump up the timeout to ensure this
cmd won't return failure.
Fixes: 5e126e7c4e ("hinic: add firmware update support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We free memory regardless of the return value of SET_FUNC_STATE
cmd in hinic_close function to avoid memory leak and this cmd may
timeout when fw is busy with handling other cmds, so we bump up the
timeout of this cmd to ensure it won't return failure.
Fixes: 00e57a6d4a ("net-next/hinic: Add Tx operation")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Use efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue() rather than efx_tx_queue_partner().
Make some related simplifications of efx_nic_tx_is_empty() to remove
entry points that aren't used.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Instead of open-coding the calculation with efx_tx_queue_partner(), use
the functions that iterate over numbers of queues other than 2 with
efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As in the Siena/EF10 case, it minimises cacheline ping-pong between
the TX and completion paths.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This should cause no functional change; merely make there only be one
design of xmit_more handling to understand. As with the EF10/Siena
version, we set tx_queue->xmit_pending when we queue up a TX, and
clear it when we ring the doorbell (in ef100_notify_tx_desc).
While we're at it, make ef100_notify_tx_desc static since nothing
outside of ef100_tx.c uses it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Instead of using efx_tx_queue_partner(), which relies on the assumption
that tx_queues_per_channel is 2, efx_tx_send_pending() iterates over
txqs with efx_for_each_channel_tx_queue().
We unconditionally set tx_queue->xmit_pending (renamed from
xmit_more_available), then condition on xmit_more for the call to
efx_tx_send_pending(), which will clear xmit_pending. Thus, after an
xmit_more TX, the doorbell is un-rung and xmit_pending is true.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We got slightly different patches removing a double word
in a comment in net/ipv4/raw.c - picked the version from net.
Simple conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c. Use cached
values instead of VNIC login response buffer (following what
commit 507ebe6444 ("ibmvnic: Fix use-after-free of VNIC login
response buffer") did).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Use netif_rx_ni() when necessary in batman-adv stack, from Jussi
Kivilinna.
2) Fix loss of RTT samples in rxrpc, from David Howells.
3) Memory leak in hns_nic_dev_probe(), from Dignhao Liu.
4) ravb module cannot be unloaded, fix from Yuusuke Ashizuka.
5) We disable BH for too lokng in sctp_get_port_local(), add a
cond_resched() here as well, from Xin Long.
6) Fix memory leak in st95hf_in_send_cmd, from Dinghao Liu.
7) Out of bound access in bpf_raw_tp_link_fill_link_info(), from
Yonghong Song.
8) Missing of_node_put() in mt7530 DSA driver, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
9) Fix crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task(), from Michael Chan.
10) Fix geneve tunnel checksumming bug in hns3, from Yi Li.
11) Memory leak in rxkad_verify_response, from Dinghao Liu.
12) In tipc, don't use smp_processor_id() in preemptible context. From
Tuong Lien.
13) Fix signedness issue in mlx4 memory allocation, from Shung-Hsi Yu.
14) Missing clk_disable_prepare() in gemini driver, from Dan Carpenter.
15) Fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware in nfp, from Louis
Peens.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (110 commits)
net/smc: fix sock refcounting in case of termination
net/smc: reset sndbuf_desc if freed
net/smc: set rx_off for SMCR explicitly
net/smc: fix toleration of fake add_link messages
tg3: Fix soft lockup when tg3_reset_task() fails.
doc: net: dsa: Fix typo in config code sample
net: dp83867: Fix WoL SecureOn password
nfp: flower: fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware
tipc: fix shutdown() of connectionless socket
ipv6: Fix sysctl max for fib_multipath_hash_policy
drivers/net/wan/hdlc: Change the default of hard_header_len to 0
net: gemini: Fix another missing clk_disable_unprepare() in probe
net: bcmgenet: fix mask check in bcmgenet_validate_flow()
amd-xgbe: Add support for new port mode
net: usb: dm9601: Add USB ID of Keenetic Plus DSL
vhost: fix typo in error message
net: ethernet: mlx4: Fix memory allocation in mlx4_buddy_init()
pktgen: fix error message with wrong function name
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw: fix rmii 100Mbit link mode
cxgb4: fix thermal zone device registration
...
It is necessary to manage the Wake-on-LAN clock to turn on the
appropriate blocks for MPD or CFP-based packet matching to work
otherwise we will not be able to reliably match packets during suspend.
Reported-by: Blair Prescott <blair.prescott@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We disable clocks shortly after probing the device to save as much power as
possible in case the interface is never used. When bcm_sysport_open() is
invoked, clocks are enabled, and disabled in bcm_sysport_stop().
A similar scheme is applied to the suspend/resume functions.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While CHELSIO_INLINE_CRYPTO is a guard symbol, and just enabling it does
not cause any additional code to be compiled in, all configuration
options protected by it depend on CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4. Hence it doesn't
make much sense to bother the user with the guard symbol question when
CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4 is disabled.
Fix this by moving the dependency from the individual config options to
the guard symbol.
Fixes: 44fd1c1fd8 ("chelsio/chtls: separate chelsio tls driver from crypto driver")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the XLG and GMAC PCS implementations and switch between them
during the mac_prepare() method.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to phylink's new pcs support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the GMAC reset handling into mac_prepare() / mac_finish()
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that the port is forced down while reconfiguring, controlling
this via mac_prepare() and mac_finish() so that it is down while we
are configuring our (future) PCS.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to use the mac_prepare() and mac_finish() methods in
preparation to converting mvpp2 to split-PCS support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tidy up the ACPI hack so that we can minimise the function prototypes
for this. This avoids adding further prototypes unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tg3_reset_task() fails, the device state is left in an inconsistent
state with IFF_RUNNING still set but NAPI state not enabled. A
subsequent operation, such as ifdown or AER error can cause it to
soft lock up when it tries to disable NAPI state.
Fix it by bringing down the device to !IFF_RUNNING state when
tg3_reset_task() fails. tg3_reset_task() running from workqueue
will now call tg3_close() when the reset fails. We need to
modify tg3_reset_task_cancel() slightly to avoid tg3_close()
calling cancel_work_sync() to cancel tg3_reset_task(). Otherwise
cancel_work_sync() will wait forever for tg3_reset_task() to
finish.
Reported-by: David Christensen <drc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Baptiste Covolato <baptiste@arista.com>
Fixes: db21997379 ("tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new attributes to hwmon object for exposing critical and emergency
alarms.
In case that current temperature is higher than emergency threshold,
EMERGENCY alarm will be reported in sensors utility:
$ sensors
...
front panel 025: +55.0°C (crit = +35.0°C, emerg = +40.0°C) ALARM(EMERGENCY)
In case that current temperature is higher than critical threshold,
CRIT alarm will be reported in sensors utility:
$ sensors
...
front panel 025: +54.0°C (crit = +35.0°C, emerg = +80.0°C) ALARM(CRIT)
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the value of MLXSW_HWMON_ATTR_COUNT is calculated not really
accurate.
Add several defines to make the calculation clearer and easier to
change.
Calculate the precise high bound of number of attributes that may be
needed.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_show(), mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_critical_show()
and mlxsw_hwmon_module_temp_emergency_show() query the relevant
temperature from firmware and fill the value in provided buffers.
Split the temperature querying functionality to individual get()
functions and call them from the show() functions.
The get() functions will be used by subsequent patches in the set.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix an issue where the driver wrongly detected ipv6 neighbour updates
from the NFP as corrupt. Add a reserved field on the kernel side so
it is similar to the ipv4 version of the struct and has space for the
extra bytes from the card.
Fixes: 9ea9bfa122 ("nfp: flower: support ipv6 tunnel keep-alive messages from fw")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add parenthesis to clarify a boolean usage.
Pointed out in https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/202008060413.VgrMuqLJ%25lkp@intel.com/
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only thing calling ionic_napi any more is the adminq
processing, so combine and simplify.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some unnecessary struct fields and related code.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move a few active struct fields to the front of the struct
for a little better cache use and performance.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal page handling can be cleaned up by passing our
local page struct rather than dma addresses, and by putting
more of the mgmt code into the alloc and free routines.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently added some calls to clk_disable_unprepare() but we missed
the last error path if register_netdev() fails.
I made a couple cleanups so we avoid mistakes like this in the future.
First I reversed the "if (!ret)" condition and pulled the code in one
indent level. Also, the "port->netdev = NULL;" is not required because
"port" isn't used again outside this function so I deleted that line.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VALIDATE_MASK(eth_mask->h_source) is checked twice in a row in
bcmgenet_validate_flow(). Add VALIDATE_MASK(eth_mask->h_dest)
instead.
Fixes: 3e37095228 ("net: bcmgenet: add support for ethtool rxnfc flows")
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Acked-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a new port mode that is a backplane connection without
support for auto negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Sundar S K <Shyam-sundar.S-k@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As qedr driver supports both RoCE and iWarp, make sure to set the
max_pkeys only when running in RoCE mode.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200827141655.406185-1-kamalheib1@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
Defines UDP segmentation algorithm in hardware and supports
offloading UDP segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some static functions in the dpaa2-eth driver don't have the dpaa2_eth_
prefix and this is becoming an inconvenience when looking at, for
example, a perf top output and trying to determine easily which entries
are dpaa2-eth related. Ammend this by adding the prefix to all the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases, the device or firmware may be busy when the
driver attempts to perform the CRQ initialization handshake.
If the partner is busy, the hypervisor will return the H_CLOSED
return code. The aim of this patch is that, if the device is not
ready, to query the device a number of times, with a small wait
time in between queries. If all initialization requests fail,
the driver will remain in a dormant state, awaiting a signal
from the device that it is ready for operation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There are two small conflicts when pulling, resolve as follows:
1) Merge conflict in tools/lib/bpf/libbpf.c between 88a8212028 ("libbpf: Factor
out common ELF operations and improve logging") in bpf-next and 1e891e513e
("libbpf: Fix map index used in error message") in net-next. Resolve by taking
the hunk in bpf-next:
[...]
scn = elf_sec_by_idx(obj, obj->efile.btf_maps_shndx);
data = elf_sec_data(obj, scn);
if (!scn || !data) {
pr_warn("elf: failed to get %s map definitions for %s\n",
MAPS_ELF_SEC, obj->path);
return -EINVAL;
}
[...]
2) Merge conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/xsk/rx.c between
9647c57b11 ("xsk: i40e: ice: ixgbe: mlx5: Test for dma_need_sync earlier for
better performance") in bpf-next and e20f0dbf20 ("net/mlx5e: RX, Add a prefetch
command for small L1_CACHE_BYTES") in net-next. Resolve the two locations by retaining
net_prefetch() and taking xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu() from bpf-next. Should look like:
[...]
xdp_set_data_meta_invalid(xdp);
xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu(xdp, rq->xsk_pool);
net_prefetch(xdp->data);
[...]
We've added 133 non-merge commits during the last 14 day(s) which contain
a total of 246 files changed, 13832 insertions(+), 3105 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Initial support for sleepable BPF programs along with bpf_copy_from_user() helper
for tracing to reliably access user memory, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add BPF infra for writing and parsing TCP header options, from Martin KaFai Lau.
3) bpf_d_path() helper for returning full path for given 'struct path', from Jiri Olsa.
4) AF_XDP support for shared umems between devices and queues, from Magnus Karlsson.
5) Initial prep work for full BPF-to-BPF call support in libbpf, from Andrii Nakryiko.
6) Generalize bpf_sk_storage map & add local storage for inodes, from KP Singh.
7) Implement sockmap/hash updates from BPF context, from Lorenz Bauer.
8) BPF xor verification for scalar types & add BPF link iterator, from Yonghong Song.
9) Use target's prog type for BPF_PROG_TYPE_EXT prog verification, from Udip Pant.
10) Rework BPF tracing samples to use libbpf loader, from Daniel T. Lee.
11) Fix xdpsock sample to really cycle through all buffers, from Weqaar Janjua.
12) Improve type safety for tun/veth XDP frame handling, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
13) Various smaller cleanups and improvements all over the place.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On machines with much memory (> 2 TByte) and log_mtts_per_seg == 0, a
max_order of 31 will be passed to mlx_buddy_init(), which results in
s = BITS_TO_LONGS(1 << 31) becoming a negative value, leading to
kvmalloc_array() failure when it is converted to size_t.
mlx4_core 0000:b1:00.0: Failed to initialize memory region table, aborting
mlx4_core: probe of 0000:b1:00.0 failed with error -12
Fix this issue by changing the left shifting operand from a signed literal to
an unsigned one.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Shung-Hsi Yu <shung-hsi.yu@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unneeded return value cast.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dma_alloc_coherent return value cast.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In RMII link mode it's required to set bit 15 IFCTL_A in MAC_SL MAC_CONTROL
register to enable support for 100Mbit link speed.
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bit TX_GENF_CLR_EN has been added in AM65x SR2.0 to fix i2083
errata, which can be just set unconditionally for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
W=1 warnings indicated that 'rc' was unused in efx_mcdi_set_id_led();
change the function to return int instead of void and plumb the rc
through the caller efx_ethtool_phys_id().
Since (post-Falcon) all sfc NICs use MCDI for this, there's no point in
indirecting through a nic_type method, so remove that and just call
efx_mcdi_set_id_led() directly.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Missing 'struct' keyword caused "cannot understand function prototype"
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to some past refactor, 'spec' is not actually used in this
function; the code using it moved to the callee efx_farch_filter_remove.
Remove the variable to fix a W=1 warning.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of these RX-event flags aren't used at all, so remove them.
Others are used only #ifdef DEBUG to log a message; suppress the
unused-var warnings #ifndef DEBUG with a void cast.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying function table, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/func_table/valid
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying rq info, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/RQs/0x0/rq_hw_pi
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add debugfs node for querying sq info, for example:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/hinic/0000:15:00.0/SQs/0x0/sq_pi
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take the tx accounting out of the work_done calculation to
prevent a possible duplicate napi_schedule call when under
high Tx stress but low Rx traffic.
Fixes: b14e4e95f9 ("ionic: tx separate servicing")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test for dma_need_sync earlier to increase
performance. xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu() takes an xdp_buff as
parameter and from that the xsk_buff_pool reference is dug out. Perf
shows that this dereference causes a lot of cache misses. But as the
buffer pool is now sent down to the driver at zero-copy initialization
time, we might as well use this pointer directly, instead of going via
the xsk_buff and we can do so already in xsk_buff_dma_sync_for_cpu()
instead of in xp_dma_sync_for_cpu. This gets rid of these cache
misses.
Throughput increases with 3% for the xdpsock l2fwd sample application
on my machine.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-11-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Rename the AF_XDP zero-copy driver interface functions to better
reflect what they do after the replacement of umems with buffer
pools in the previous commit. Mostly it is about replacing the
umem name from the function names with xsk_buff and also have
them take the a buffer pool pointer instead of a umem. The
various ring functions have also been renamed in the process so
that they have the same naming convention as the internal
functions in xsk_queue.h. This so that it will be clearer what
they do and also for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-3-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Replace the explicit umem reference passed to the driver in AF_XDP
zero-copy mode with the buffer pool instead. This in preparation for
extending the functionality of the zero-copy mode so that umems can be
shared between queues on the same netdev and also between netdevs. In
this commit, only an umem reference has been added to the buffer pool
struct. But later commits will add other entities to it. These are
going to be entities that are different between different queue ids
and netdevs even though the umem is shared between them.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1598603189-32145-2-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@intel.com
Convert tx_timeout handler to not do the full reset. As this was
the last user of ionic_reset_queues(), we can drop it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to our new ionic_reconfigure_queues() to also be able to change
the number of queues in use, and to change the queue interrupt layout
between split and combined.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original way of changing ring length was to completely
tear down the lif's queue structure and then rebuild it, while
running the risk of allocations that might fail in the middle
and leave us with a broken driver.
Instead, we can set up all the new queue and descriptor
allocations first, then swap them out and delete the old
allocations. If the new allocations fail, we report the error,
stay with the old setup and continue running. This gives us
a safer path, and a smaller window of time where we're not
processing traffic.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We really don't need to tear down and rebuild the whole queue structure
when changing the MTU; we can simply stop the queues, clean and refill,
then restart the queues.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use index counters rather than pointers for tracking head
and tail in the queues to save a little memory and to perhaps
slightly faster queue processing.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out the queue descriptor blocks into separate dma
allocations to make for smaller blocks.
Co-developed-by: Neel Patel <neel@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ionic_open() and ionic_stop() are not referenced outside of their
defining file, so make them static.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a block of stats structs attached to the lif instead of
little ones attached to each qcq. This simplifies our memory
management and gets rid of a lot of unnecessary indirection.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we aren't yet supporting multiple lifs, we can remove
complexity by removing the list concept and related code,
to be re-engineered later when actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kcalloc for allocating arrays of structures.
Following along after
commit e71642009cbdA ("ionic_lif: Use devm_kcalloc() in ionic_qcq_alloc()")
there are a couple more array allocations that can be converted
to using devm_kcalloc().
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NIC might tell us its minimum MTU, but let's be sure not
to use something smaller than ETH_MIN_MTU.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bunch of issues in cpsw_ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid()
- pm_runtime_get_sync() returns non zero value. This results in
non zero value return to caller which will be interpreted as error.
So overwrite ret with zero.
- If VID matches with port VLAN VID, then set error code.
- Currently when VLAN interface is deleted, all of the VLAN mc addresses
are removed from ALE table, however the return values from ale function
calls are not checked. These functions can return error code -ENOENT.
But that shouldn't happen in a normal case. So add error print to
catch the situations so that these can be investigated and addressed.
return zero in these cases as these are not real error case, but only
serve to catch ALE table update related issues and help address the
same in the driver.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This header file is currently included into the ethernet driver via a
relative path into the PHY subsystem. This is bad practice, and causes
issues for the upcoming move of the MDIO driver. Move the header file
into include/linux to clean this up.
v2:
Move header to include/linux/mdio
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create drivers/net/pcs and move the Synopsys DesignWare XPCS into the
new directory. Move the header file into a subdirectory
include/linux/pcs
Start a naming convention of all PCS files use the prefix pcs-, and
rename the XPCS files to fit.
v2:
Add include/linux/pcs
v4:
Fix include path in stmmac.
Remove PCS_DEVICES to avoid new prompts
Cc: Jose Abreu <Jose.Abreu@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of bb_ops is to assign its address to the ops field in
the mdiobb_ctrl struct, which is a const pointer. Make it const to allow
the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of bb_ops is to assign its address to the ops field in
the mdiobb_ctrl struct, which is a const pointer. Make it const to allow
the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only usage of qca_serdev_ops is to pass its address to
serdev_device_set_client_ops() which takes a const pointer. Make it
const to allow the compiler to put it in read-only memory.
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two functions share the majority of the code, hence merge
them together. In the meanwhile, add a reset pass-in parameter
to differentiate them. Thus, the code is easier to read and to tell
the difference between reset_init and regular init.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the beginning of the function, from_passive_init is set false by
"adapter->from_passive_init = false;",
hence the if statement will never run.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When H_SEND_CRQ command returns with H_CLOSED, it means the
server's CRQ is not ready yet. Instead of resetting immediately,
we wait for the server to launch passive init.
ibmvnic_init() and ibmvnic_reset_init() should also return the
error code from ibmvnic_send_crq_init() call.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of comparing (adapter->init_done_rc == 1), let it
be (adapter->init_done_rc == PARTIALSUCCESS).
Signed-off-by: Lijun Pan <ljp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single cacheline might not contain the packet header for
small L1_CACHE_BYTES values.
Use net_prefetch() as it issues an additional prefetch
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A single cacheline might not contain the packet header for
small L1_CACHE_BYTES values.
Use net_prefetch() as it issues an additional prefetch
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many device drivers use the same prefetch code structure to
deal with small L1 cacheline size.
Take this code into a function and call it from the drivers.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dwmac-intel-plat to enable the stmmac driver in Intel Keem Bay.
Also add fix_mac_speed and tx_clk in order to change link speeds.
This is required as mac_speed_o is not connected in the
Intel Keem Bay SoC.
Signed-off-by: Rusaimi Amira Ruslan <rusaimi.amira.rusaimi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineetha G. Jaya Kumaran <vineetha.g.jaya.kumaran@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when skb->encapsulation is 0, skb->ip_summed is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
and it is udp packet, which has a dest port as the IANA assigned.
the hardware is expected to do the checksum offload, but the
hardware will not do the checksum offload when udp dest port is
6081.
This patch fixes it by doing the checksum in software.
Reported-by: Li Bing <libing@winhong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Li <yili@winhong.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent changes to support user-defined RSS map assume that RX
rings are always reserved and the default RSS map is set after the
RX rings are successfully reserved. If the firmware spec is older
than 1.6.1, no ring reservations are required and the default RSS
map is not setup at all. In another scenario where the fw Resource
Manager is older, RX rings are not reserved and we also end up with
no valid RSS map.
Fix both issues in bnxt_need_reserve_rings(). In both scenarios
described above, we don't need to reserve RX rings so we need to
call this new function bnxt_check_rss_map_no_rmgr() to setup the
default RSS map when needed.
Without valid RSS map, the NIC won't receive packets properly.
Fixes: 1667cbf6a4 ("bnxt_en: Add logical RSS indirection table structure.")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no VF rings available during probe when the device is configured
using the Minimal-Static reservation strategy. In this case, the RSS
indirection table can only be initialized later, during bnxt_open_nic().
However, this was not happening because the rings will already have been
reserved via bnxt_init_dflt_ring_mode(), causing bnxt_need_reserve_rings()
to return false in bnxt_reserve_rings() and bypass the RSS table init.
Solve this by pushing the call to bnxt_set_dflt_rss_indir_tbl() into
__bnxt_reserve_rings(), which is common to both paths and is called
whenever ring configuration is changed. After doing this, the RSS table
init that must be called from bnxt_init_one() happens implicitly via
bnxt_set_default_rings(), necessitating doing the allocation earlier in
order to avoid a null pointer dereference.
Fixes: bd3191b5d8 ("bnxt_en: Implement ethtool -X to set indirection table.")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware returns RESOURCE_ACCESS_DENIED for HWRM_TEMP_MONITORY_QUERY for
VFs. This produces unpleasing error messages in the log when temp1_input
is queried via the hwmon sysfs interface from a VF.
The error is harmless and expected, so silence it and return unknown as
the value. Since the device temperature is not particularly sensitive
information, provide flexibility to change this policy in future by
silencing the error rather than avoiding the HWRM call entirely for VFs.
Fixes: cde49a42a9 ("bnxt_en: Add hwmon sysfs support to read temperature")
Cc: Marc Smith <msmith626@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Smith <msmith626@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt_fw_reset_task() is run from a delayed workqueue. The current
code is not cancelling the workqueue in the driver's .remove()
method and it can potentially crash if the device is removed with
the workqueue still pending.
The fix is to clear the BNXT_STATE_IN_FW_RESET flag and then cancel
the delayed workqueue in bnxt_remove_one(). bnxt_queue_fw_reset_work()
also needs to check that this flag is set before scheduling. This
will guarantee that no rescheduling will be done after it is cancelled.
Fixes: 230d1f0de7 ("bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset.")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a PCI error is detected the PCI state could be corrupt, save
the PCI state after initialization and restore it after the slot
reset.
Fixes: 6316ea6db9 ("bnxt_en: Enable AER support.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are returning the wrong count for ETH_SS_STATS in get_sset_count()
when XDP or TCs are enabled. In a recent commit, we got rid of
irrelevant counters when the ring is RX only or TX only, but we
did not make the proper adjustments for the count. As a result,
when we have XDP or TCs enabled, we are returning an excess count
because some of the rings are TX only. This causes ethtool -S to
display extra counters with no counter names.
Fix bnxt_get_num_ring_stats() by not assuming that all rings will
always have RX and TX counters in combined mode.
Fixes: 125592fbf4 ("bnxt_en: show only relevant ethtool stats for a TX or RX ring")
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If firmware goes into unstable state, HWRM_NVM_GET_DIR_INFO firmware
command may return zero dir entries. Return error in such case to
avoid zero length dma buffer request.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rare conditions like two stage OS installation, the
ethtool's get_channels function may be called when the
device is in D3 state, leading to uncorrectable PCI error.
Check netif_running() first before making any query to FW
which involves writing to BAR.
Fixes: db4723b3cd ("bnxt_en: Check max_tx_scheduler_inputs value from firmware.")
Signed-off-by: Pavan Chebbi <pavan.chebbi@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the time of do_rest, ibmvnic tries to re-initalize the tx_pools
and rx_pools to avoid re-allocating the long term buffer. However
there is a window inside do_reset that the tx_pools and
rx_pools were freed before re-initialized making it possible to deference
null pointers.
This patch fix this issue by always check the tx_pool
and rx_pool are not NULL after ibmvnic_login. If so, re-allocating
the pools. This will avoid getting into calling reset_tx/rx_pools with
NULL adapter tx_pools/rx_pools pointer. Also add null pointer check in
reset_tx_pools and reset_rx_pools to safe handle NULL pointer case.
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <mmc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dany Madden <drt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To flush the vid + mc entries from ALE, which is required when a VLAN
interface is removed, driver needs to call cpsw_ale_flush_multicast()
with ALE_PORT_HOST for port mask as these entries are added only for
host port. Without this, these entries remain in the ALE table even
after removing the VLAN interface. cpsw_ale_flush_multicast() calls
cpsw_ale_flush_mcast which expects a port mask to do the job.
Fixes: ed3525eda4 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce cpsw switchdev based driver part 1 - dual-emac")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To flush the vid + mc entries from ALE, which is required when a VLAN
interface is removed, driver needs to call cpsw_ale_flush_multicast()
with ALE_PORT_HOST for port mask as these entries are added only for
host port. Without this, these entries remain in the ALE table even
after removing the VLAN interface. cpsw_ale_flush_multicast() calls
cpsw_ale_flush_mcast which expects a port mask to do the job.
Fixes: 15180eca56 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix vlan mcast")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb4 does not look for HASHTBLMEMCRCERR and CMDTIDERR
bits in LE_DB_INT_CAUSE register, but these are enabled
in LE_DB_INT_ENABLE. So, add error handlers to LE
interrupt handler to emit a warning or alert message
for hash table mem crc and cmd tid errors
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PTP clock and uses it in Octeontx2
network device. PTP clock uses mailbox calls to
access the hardware counter on the RVU side.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Precision Timestamping block found on Octeontx2
platform is an independent coprocessor and has
internal PTP hardware clock. Once configured PTP
runs independently and when a packet arrives
CGX hardware block gets the current timestamp
from PTP block and forwards the packet to NIX
by prepending timestamp to the packet.
This patch adds the pci driver for PTP block.
The driver gets registered by AF driver and does
initial configuration and exposes a mailbox function to
read and adjust PTP hardware clock. The mailbox function
is called by AF consumers like netdev drivers or
userspace drivers. Since PTP being a single block
in platform this driver helps in accessing PTP
block by any AF consumer.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four new mbox messages ids and handler are added in order to
enable or disable timestamping procedure on tx and rx side.
Additionally when PTP is enabled, the packet parser must skip
over 8 bytes and start analyzing packet data there. To make NPC
profiles work seemlesly PTR_ADVANCE of IKPU is set so that
parsing can be done as before when all data pointers
are shifted by 8 bytes automatically.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zyta Szpak <zyta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
check_fcs() was returning bool as 0/1, which was a sign that the sense
of the function was unclear: false was good, which doesn't really match
a name like 'check_$thing'. So rename it to ef100_has_fcs_error(), and
use proper booleans in the return statements.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case recovery was not successful, netdev still should be
present. But we should clear cdev if something bad happens
on recovery.
We also check cdev for null on dev close. That could be a case
if recovery was not successful.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather and push out full device dump to devlink.
Device dump is the same as with `ethtool -d`, but now its generated
exactly at the moment bad thing happens.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove forcible recovery trigger and put it as a normal devlink
callback.
This allows user to enable/disable it via
devlink health set pci/0000:03:00.0 reporter fw_fatal auto_recover false
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devlink_health_report to push error indications.
We implement this in qede via callback function to make it possible
to reuse the same for other drivers sitting on top of qed in future.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we declare health reporter ops (empty for now)
and register these in qed probe and remove callbacks.
This way we get devlink attached to all kind of qed* PCI
device entities: networking or storage offload entity.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we return existing fw & mfw versions, we also fetch device's
serial number:
~$ sudo ~/iproute2/devlink/devlink dev info
pci/0000:01:00.1:
driver qed
board.serial_number REE1915E44552
versions:
running:
fw.app 8.42.2.0
stored:
fw.mgmt 8.52.10.0
MFW and FW are different firmwares on device.
Management is a firmware responsible for link configuration and
various control plane features. Its permanent and resides in NVM.
Running FW (or fastpath FW) is an embedded microprogram implementing
all the packet processing, offloads, etc. This FW is being loaded
on each start by the driver from FW binary blob.
The base device specific structure (qed_dev_info) was not directly
available to the base driver before. Thus, here we create and store
a private copy of this structure in qed_dev root object to
access the data.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces stubs in kconfig help entries with an actual description.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink instance lifecycle was linked to qed_dev object,
that caused devlink to be recreated on each recovery.
Changing it by making higher level driver (qede) responsible for its
life. This way devlink now survives recoveries.
qede now stores devlink structure pointer as a part of its device
object, devlink private data contains a linkage structure,
qed_devlink.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are extending devlink infrastructure, thus move the existing
stuff into a new file qed_devlink.c
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devm_gpiod_get_optional() fails, bus should be
freed just like when of_mdiobus_register() fails.
Fixes: 1bddd96cba ("net: arc_emac: support the phy reset for emac driver")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PTYS register is used to report and configure the port type and
speed. Currently, internal bits in the register are used the same way
other bits are used.
Using the internal bits can cause bad parameter firmware errors. For
example, trying to write to internal bit 25 returns:
EMAD reg access failed (tid=53e2bffa00004310,reg_id=5004(ptys),type=write,status=7(bad parameter))
Remove the internal bits from the PTYS register, so that it is no longer
possible to pass them to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Spectrum-{2,3} ASICs the minimum burst size of the packet trap
policers needs to be 40% of the configured rate. Otherwise, intermittent
drops are observed even when the incoming packet rate is slightly lower
than the configured policer rate.
Adjust the burst size of the registered packet trap policers so that
they do not violate above mentioned limitation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When this driver is built as a module, I cannot rmmod it after insmoding
it.
This is because that this driver calls ravb_mdio_init() at the time of
probe, and module->refcnt is incremented by alloc_mdio_bitbang() called
after that.
Therefore, even if ifup is not performed, the driver is in use and rmmod
cannot be performed.
$ lsmod
Module Size Used by
ravb 40960 1
$ rmmod ravb
rmmod: ERROR: Module ravb is in use
Call ravb_mdio_init() at open and free_mdio_bitbang() at close, thereby
rmmod is possible in the ifdown state.
Fixes: c156633f13 ("Renesas Ethernet AVB driver proper")
Signed-off-by: Yuusuke Ashizuka <ashiduka@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devm_kcalloc() fails, dev should be freed just
like what we've done in the subsequent error paths.
Fixes: 7b78be48a8 ("net: systemport: Dynamically allocate number of TX rings")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns_nic_dev_probe allocates ndev, but not free it on
two error handling paths, which may lead to memleak.
Fixes: 63434888aa ("net: hns: net: hns: enet adds support of acpi")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Nothing earth shattering here, lots of small fixes (f.e. missing RCU
protection, bad ref counting, missing memset(), etc.) all over the
place:
1) Use get_file_rcu() in task_file iterator, from Yonghong Song.
2) There are two ways to set remote source MAC addresses in macvlan
driver, but only one of which validates things properly. Fix this.
From Alvin Šipraga.
3) Missing of_node_put() in gianfar probing, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
4) Preserve device wanted feature bits across multiple netlink
ethtool requests, from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
5) Fix rcu_sched stall in task and task_file bpf iterators, from
Yonghong Song.
6) Avoid reset after device destroy in ena driver, from Shay
Agroskin.
7) Missing memset() in netlink policy export reallocation path, from
Johannes Berg.
8) Fix info leak in __smc_diag_dump(), from Peilin Ye.
9) Decapsulate ECN properly for ipv6 in ipv4 tunnels, from Mark
Tomlinson.
10) Fix number of data stream negotiation in SCTP, from David Laight.
11) Fix double free in connection tracker action module, from Alaa
Hleihel.
12) Don't allow empty NHA_GROUP attributes, from Nikolay Aleksandrov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (46 commits)
net: nexthop: don't allow empty NHA_GROUP
bpf: Fix two typos in uapi/linux/bpf.h
net: dsa: b53: check for timeout
tipc: call rcu_read_lock() in tipc_aead_encrypt_done()
net/sched: act_ct: Fix skb double-free in tcf_ct_handle_fragments() error flow
net: sctp: Fix negotiation of the number of data streams.
dt-bindings: net: renesas, ether: Improve schema validation
gre6: Fix reception with IP6_TNL_F_RCV_DSCP_COPY
hv_netvsc: Fix the queue_mapping in netvsc_vf_xmit()
hv_netvsc: Remove "unlikely" from netvsc_select_queue
bpf: selftests: global_funcs: Check err_str before strstr
bpf: xdp: Fix XDP mode when no mode flags specified
selftests/bpf: Remove test_align leftovers
tools/resolve_btfids: Fix sections with wrong alignment
net/smc: Prevent kernel-infoleak in __smc_diag_dump()
sfc: fix build warnings on 32-bit
net: phy: mscc: Fix a couple of spelling mistakes "spcified" -> "specified"
libbpf: Fix map index used in error message
net: gemini: Fix missing free_netdev() in error path of gemini_ethernet_port_probe()
net: atlantic: Use readx_poll_timeout() for large timeout
...
23 fixes in 5 drivers (qla2xxx, ufs, scsi_debug, fcoe, zfcp). The
bulk of the changes are in qla2xxx and ufs and all are mostly small
and definitely don't impact the core.
Signed-off-by: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@linux.ibm.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iJwEABMIAEQWIQTnYEDbdso9F2cI+arnQslM7pishQUCX0CxgiYcamFtZXMuYm90
dG9tbGV5QGhhbnNlbnBhcnRuZXJzaGlwLmNvbQAKCRDnQslM7pishVI9AP40cRrH
p0wrE1fKUyj+LbtnWrrHUXsuknS3Sf58zyPeEAEA3qxxLspTxWgLuSnT/KC2gqFB
Kv/XJyKM9CnRg7Uo4mo=
=GRmA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
"23 fixes in 5 drivers (qla2xxx, ufs, scsi_debug, fcoe, zfcp). The bulk
of the changes are in qla2xxx and ufs and all are mostly small and
definitely don't impact the core"
* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi: (23 commits)
Revert "scsi: qla2xxx: Disable T10-DIF feature with FC-NVMe during probe"
Revert "scsi: qla2xxx: Fix crash on qla2x00_mailbox_command"
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix null pointer access during disconnect from subsystem
scsi: qla2xxx: Check if FW supports MQ before enabling
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix WARN_ON in qla_nvme_register_hba
scsi: qla2xxx: Allow ql2xextended_error_logging special value 1 to be set anytime
scsi: qla2xxx: Reduce noisy debug message
scsi: qla2xxx: Fix login timeout
scsi: qla2xxx: Indicate correct supported speeds for Mezz card
scsi: qla2xxx: Flush I/O on zone disable
scsi: qla2xxx: Flush all sessions on zone disable
scsi: qla2xxx: Use MBX_TOV_SECONDS for mailbox command timeout values
scsi: scsi_debug: Fix scp is NULL errors
scsi: zfcp: Fix use-after-free in request timeout handlers
scsi: ufs: No need to send Abort Task if the task in DB was cleared
scsi: ufs: Clean up completed request without interrupt notification
scsi: ufs: Improve interrupt handling for shared interrupts
scsi: ufs: Fix interrupt error message for shared interrupts
scsi: ufs-pci: Add quirk for broken auto-hibernate for Intel EHL
scsi: ufs-mediatek: Fix incorrect time to wait link status
...
This patch seperates inline ipsec functionality from coprocessor
driver chcr. Now inline ipsec is separate ULD, moved from
"drivers/crypto/chelsio/" to "drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/inline_crypto/ch_ipsec/"
Signed-off-by: Ayush Sawal <ayush.sawal@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinay Kumar Yadav <vinay.yadav@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
chelsio inline tls driver(chtls) is mostly overlaps with NIC drivers
but currenty it is part of crypto driver, so move it out to appropriate
directory for better maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Vinay Kumar Yadav <vinay.yadav@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qed_rdma_destroy_cq() the result of dma_alloc_coherent() is cast from
void* unnecessarily. Remove cast.
Issue identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both the driver and the firmware supports QinQ the flow key
structure that is send to the firmware is updated as the old
method of matching on VLAN did not allow for space to add another
VLAN tag. VLAN flows can now also match on the tpid field, not
constrained to just 0x8100 as before.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a check to make sure the total length of the flow key sent to the
firmware stays within the supported limit.
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's always 0. Note that we theoretically could use ~0U as well -
result will be the same modulo 0xffff, _if_ the damn thing did the
right thing for any value of initial sum; later we'll make use of
that when convenient.
However, unlike csum_and_copy_..._user(), there are instances that
did not work for arbitrary initial sums; c6x is one such.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
IPv6 filters can occupy up to 4 slots and will exhaust HPFILTER
region much sooner. So, continue searching for free slots in the
HASH or NORMAL filter regions, as long as the rule's priority does
not conflict with existing rules in those regions.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Kundu <rahul.kundu@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Truncation of DMA_BIT_MASK to 32-bit dma_addr_t is semantically safe,
but the compiler was warning because it was happening implicitly.
Insert explicit casts to suppress the warnings.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace alloc_etherdev_mq with devm_alloc_etherdev_mqs. In this way,
when probe fails, netdev can be freed automatically.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit
8dcf2ad39f ("net: atlantic: add hwmon getter for MAC temperature")
implemented a read callback with an udelay(10000U). This fails to
compile on ARM because the delay is >1ms. I doubt that it is needed to
spin for 10ms even if possible on x86.
>From looking at the code, the context appears to be preemptible so using
usleep() should work and avoid busy spinning.
Use readx_poll_timeout() in the poll loop.
Fixes: 8dcf2ad39f ("net: atlantic: add hwmon getter for MAC temperature")
Cc: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Cc: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Suggested-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-and-tested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the driver reads RX and TX subCRQ handle array directly from
a DMA-mapped buffer address when it needs to make a H_SEND_SUBCRQ
hcall. This patch stores that information in the ibmvnic_sub_crq_queue
structure instead of reading from the buffer received at login. The
overall goal of this patch is to parse relevant information from the
login response buffer and store it in the driver's private data
structures so that we don't need to read directly from the buffer and
can then free up that memory.
Signed-off-by: Cristobal Forno <cforno12@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most statistics in ena driver are incremented, meaning that a stat's
value is a sum of all increases done to it since driver/queue
initialization.
This patch makes all statistics this way, effectively making missed_tx
statistic incremental.
Also added a comment regarding rx_drops and tx_drops to make it
clearer how these counters are calculated.
Fixes: 11095fdb71 ("net: ena: add statistics for missed tx packets")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ena_del_napi_in_range() function unregisters the napi handler for
rings in a given range.
This function had the following WARN_ON macro:
WARN_ON(ENA_IS_XDP_INDEX(adapter, i) &&
adapter->ena_napi[i].xdp_ring);
This macro prints the call stack if the expression inside of it is
true [1], but the expression inside of it is the wanted situation.
The expression checks whether the ring has an XDP queue and its index
corresponds to a XDP one.
This patch changes the expression to
!ENA_IS_XDP_INDEX(adapter, i) && adapter->ena_napi[i].xdp_ring
which indicates an unwanted situation.
Also, change the structure of the function. The napi handler is
unregistered for all rings, and so there's no need to check whether the
index is an XDP index or not. By removing this check the code becomes
much more readable.
Fixes: 548c4940b9 ("net: ena: Implement XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset work is scheduled by the timer routine whenever it
detects that a device reset is required (e.g. when a keep_alive signal
is missing).
When releasing device resources in ena_destroy_device() the driver
cancels the scheduling of the timer routine without destroying the reset
work explicitly.
This creates the following bug:
The driver is suspended and the ena_suspend() function is called
-> This function calls ena_destroy_device() to free the net device
resources
-> The driver waits for the timer routine to finish
its execution and then cancels it, thus preventing from it
to be called again.
If, in its final execution, the timer routine schedules a reset,
the reset routine might be called afterwards,and a redundant call to
ena_restore_device() would be made.
By changing the reset routine we allow it to read the device's state
accurately.
This is achieved by checking whether ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET flag is set
before resetting the device and making both the destruction function and
the flag check are under rtnl lock.
The ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET is cleared at the end of the destruction
routine. Also surround the flag check with 'likely' because
we expect that the reset routine would be called only when
ENA_FLAG_TRIGGER_RESET flag is set.
The destruction of the timer and reset services in __ena_shutoff() have to
stay, even though the timer routine is destroyed in ena_destroy_device().
This is to avoid a case in which the reset routine is scheduled after
free_netdev() in __ena_shutoff(), which would create an access to freed
memory in adapter->flags.
Fixes: 8c5c7abdeb ("net: ena: add power management ops to the ENA driver")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After making use of the gro_flush_timeout attribute I once got a
tx timeout due to an interrupt that wasn't handled. Seems using
irq_enabled can be racy, and it's not needed any longer anyway,
so remove it. I've never seen a report about such a race before,
therefore treat the change as an improvement.
There's just one small drawback: If a legacy PCI interrupt is used,
and if this interrupt is shared with a device with high interrupt
rate, then we may handle interrupts even if NAPI disabled them,
and we may see a certain performance decrease under high network load.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the return value of napi_complete_done(), this allows users to
use the gro_flush_timeout sysfs attribute as an alternative to classic
interrupt coalescing.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every iteration of for_each_available_child_of_node() decrements
reference count of the previous node, however when control
is transferred from the middle of the loop, as in the case of
a return or break or goto, there is no decrement thus ultimately
resulting in a memory leak.
Fix a potential memory leak in gianfar.c by inserting of_node_put()
before the goto statement.
Issue found with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Sumera Priyadarsini <sylphrenadin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even after Tx queues are marked stopped, there exists a
small window where the current packet in the normal Tx
path is still being sent out and loopback selftest ends
up corrupting the same Tx ring. So, ensure selftest takes
the Tx lock to synchronize access the Tx ring.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Work request used for sending loopback packet needs to add
the firmware work request only once. So, fix by using
correct structure size.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Ganji Aravind <ganji.aravind@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a couple of unused #defines in cs89x0.h.
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If efx_nic_init_interrupt fails, or was never run (e.g. due to an earlier
failure in ef100_net_open), freeing irqs in efx_nic_fini_interrupt is not
needed and will cause error messages and stack traces.
So instead, only do this if efx_nic_init_interrupt successfully completed,
as indicated by the new efx->irqs_hooked flag.
Fixes: 965b549f3c ("sfc_ef100: implement ndo_open/close and EVQ probing")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an ef100_net_open() fails, ef100_net_stop() may be called without
channel->rps_flow_id having been written; thus it may hold the address
freed by a previous ef100_net_stop()'s call to efx_remove_filters().
This then causes a double-free when efx_remove_filters() is called
again, leading to a panic.
To prevent this, after freeing it, overwrite it with NULL.
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When downing and upping the ef100 filter table, we need to take a write
lock on efx->filter_sem, not just a read lock, because we may kfree()
the table pointers.
Without this, resets cause a WARN_ON from efx_rwsem_assert_write_locked().
Fixes: a9dc3d5612 ("sfc_ef100: RX filter table management and related gubbins")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually hook up the .rx_buf_hash_valid method in EF100's nic_type.
Fixes: 068885434c ("sfc: check hash is valid before using it")
Reported-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbe_fcoe_ddp_setup() can be called from the main I/O path and is called
with a spin_lock held, so we have to use GFP_ATOMIC allocation instead of
GFP_KERNEL.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1596831813-9839-1-git-send-email-michael.christie@oracle.com
cc: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Lee Duncan <lduncan@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michael.christie@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/8390/axnet_cs.c:907: warning: Function parameter or member 'txqueue' not described in 'axnet_tx_timeout'
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: William Lee <william@asix.com.tw>
Cc: "A. Hinds --" <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: reached at <becker@scyld.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c: In function ‘update_stats’:
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c:954:9: warning: variable ‘tx’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
954 | u8 rx, tx, up;
| ^~
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c574_cs.c:954:5: warning: variable ‘rx’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
954 | u8 rx, tx, up;
| ^~
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Donald Becker <becker@scyld.com>
Cc: David Hinds <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the error path for regulator disable.
Fixes: 9269e5560b ("net: fec: add phy-reset-gpios PROBE_DEFER check")
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-08-14
This series contains updates to i40e and igc drivers.
Vinicius fixes an issue with PTP spinlock being accessed before
initialization.
Przemyslaw fixes an issue with trusted VFs seeing additional traffic.
Grzegorz adds a wait for pending resets on driver removal to prevent
null pointer dereference.
v2: Fix function parameter for hw/aq in patch 2. Fix fixes tag in patch 3.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trusted VF with unicast promiscuous mode set, could listen to TX
traffic of other VFs.
Set unicast promiscuous mode to RX traffic, if VSI has port VLAN
configured. Rename misleading I40E_AQC_SET_VSI_PROMISC_TX bit to
I40E_AQC_SET_VSI_PROMISC_RX_ONLY. Aligned unicast promiscuous with
VLAN to the one without VLAN.
Fixes: 6c41a76069 ("i40e: Add promiscuous on VLAN support")
Fixes: 3b1200891b ("i40e: When in promisc mode apply promisc mode to Tx Traffic as well")
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Patynowski <przemyslawx.patynowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
On EF100, the RX hash field in the packet prefix may not be valid (e.g.
if the header parse failed), and this is indicated by a one-bit flag
elsewhere in the packet prefix. Only call skb_set_hash() if the
RSS_HASH_VALID bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Some merge window fallout, some longer term fixes:
1) Handle headroom properly in lapbether and x25_asy drivers, from
Xie He.
2) Fetch MAC address from correct r8152 device node, from Thierry
Reding.
3) In the sw kTLS path we should allow MSG_CMSG_COMPAT in sendmsg,
from Rouven Czerwinski.
4) Correct fdputs in socket layer, from Miaohe Lin.
5) Revert troublesome sockptr_t optimization, from Christoph Hellwig.
6) Fix TCP TFO key reading on big endian, from Jason Baron.
7) Missing CAP_NET_RAW check in nfc, from Qingyu Li.
8) Fix inet fastreuse optimization with tproxy sockets, from Tim
Froidcoeur.
9) Fix 64-bit divide in new SFC driver, from Edward Cree.
10) Add a tracepoint for prandom_u32 so that we can more easily
perform usage analysis. From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix rwlock imbalance in AF_PACKET, from John Ogness"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (49 commits)
net: openvswitch: introduce common code for flushing flows
af_packet: TPACKET_V3: fix fill status rwlock imbalance
random32: add a tracepoint for prandom_u32()
Revert "ipv4: tunnel: fix compilation on ARCH=um"
net: accept an empty mask in /sys/class/net/*/queues/rx-*/rps_cpus
net: ethernet: stmmac: Disable hardware multicast filter
net: stmmac: dwmac1000: provide multicast filter fallback
ipv4: tunnel: fix compilation on ARCH=um
vsock: fix potential null pointer dereference in vsock_poll()
sfc: fix ef100 design-param checking
net: initialize fastreuse on inet_inherit_port
net: refactor bind_bucket fastreuse into helper
net: phy: marvell10g: fix null pointer dereference
net: Fix potential memory leak in proto_register()
net: qcom/emac: add missed clk_disable_unprepare in error path of emac_clks_phase1_init
ionic_lif: Use devm_kcalloc() in ionic_qcq_alloc()
net/nfc/rawsock.c: add CAP_NET_RAW check.
hinic: fix strncpy output truncated compile warnings
drivers/net/wan/x25_asy: Added needed_headroom and a skb->len check
net/tls: Fix kmap usage
...
The IPQ806x does not appear to have a functional multicast ethernet
address filter. This was observed as a failure to correctly receive IPv6
packets on a LAN to the all stations address. Checking the vendor driver
shows that it does not attempt to enable the multicast filter and
instead falls back to receiving all multicast packets, internally
setting ALLMULTI.
Use the new fallback support in the dwmac1000 driver to correctly
achieve the same with the mainline IPQ806x driver. Confirmed to fix IPv6
functionality on an RB3011 router.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't have a hardware multicast filter available then instead of
silently failing to listen for the requested ethernet broadcast
addresses fall back to receiving all multicast packets, in a similar
fashion to other drivers with no multicast filter.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of the RXQ/TXQ size granularity design-params had two
problems: it had a 64-bit divide that didn't build on 32-bit platforms,
and it could divide by zero if the NIC supplied 0 as the value of the
design-param. Fix both by checking for 0 and for a granularity bigger
than our min-size; if the granularity <= EFX_MIN_DMAQ_SIZE then it fits
in 32 bits, so we can cast it to u32 for the divide.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the missing clk_disable_unprepare() before return
from emac_clks_phase1_init() in the error handling case.
Fixes: b9b17debc6 ("net: emac: emac gigabit ethernet controller driver")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the compile warnings of 'strncpy' output truncated before
terminating nul copying N bytes from a string of the same length
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge misc updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few MM hotfixes
- kthread, tools, scripts, ntfs and ocfs2
- some of MM
Subsystems affected by this patch series: kthread, tools, scripts, ntfs,
ocfs2 and mm (hofixes, pagealloc, slab-generic, slab, slub, kcsan,
debug, pagecache, gup, swap, shmem, memcg, pagemap, mremap, mincore,
sparsemem, vmalloc, kasan, pagealloc, hugetlb and vmscan).
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (162 commits)
mm: vmscan: consistent update to pgrefill
mm/vmscan.c: fix typo
khugepaged: khugepaged_test_exit() check mmget_still_valid()
khugepaged: retract_page_tables() remember to test exit
khugepaged: collapse_pte_mapped_thp() protect the pmd lock
khugepaged: collapse_pte_mapped_thp() flush the right range
mm/hugetlb: fix calculation of adjust_range_if_pmd_sharing_possible
mm: thp: replace HTTP links with HTTPS ones
mm/page_alloc: fix memalloc_nocma_{save/restore} APIs
mm/page_alloc.c: skip setting nodemask when we are in interrupt
mm/page_alloc: fallbacks at most has 3 elements
mm/page_alloc: silence a KASAN false positive
mm/page_alloc.c: remove unnecessary end_bitidx for [set|get]_pfnblock_flags_mask()
mm/page_alloc.c: simplify pageblock bitmap access
mm/page_alloc.c: extract the common part in pfn_to_bitidx()
mm/page_alloc.c: replace the definition of NR_MIGRATETYPE_BITS with PB_migratetype_bits
mm/shuffle: remove dynamic reconfiguration
mm/memory_hotplug: document why shuffle_zone() is relevant
mm/page_alloc: remove nr_free_pagecache_pages()
mm: remove vm_total_pages
...
As said by Linus:
A symmetric naming is only helpful if it implies symmetries in use.
Otherwise it's actively misleading.
In "kzalloc()", the z is meaningful and an important part of what the
caller wants.
In "kzfree()", the z is actively detrimental, because maybe in the
future we really _might_ want to use that "memfill(0xdeadbeef)" or
something. The "zero" part of the interface isn't even _relevant_.
The main reason that kzfree() exists is to clear sensitive information
that should not be leaked to other future users of the same memory
objects.
Rename kzfree() to kfree_sensitive() to follow the example of the recently
added kvfree_sensitive() and make the intention of the API more explicit.
In addition, memzero_explicit() is used to clear the memory to make sure
that it won't get optimized away by the compiler.
The renaming is done by using the command sequence:
git grep -w --name-only kzfree |\
xargs sed -i 's/kzfree/kfree_sensitive/'
followed by some editing of the kfree_sensitive() kerneldoc and adding
a kzfree backward compatibility macro in slab.h.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fs/crypto/inline_crypt.c needs linux/slab.h]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/crypto/inline_crypt.c some more]
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Waiman Long <longman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko.sakkinen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: "Serge E. Hallyn" <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: "Jason A . Donenfeld" <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200616154311.12314-3-longman@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
drivers cleanup (Andrzej Pietrasiewicz)
- Add generic netlink support for userspace notifications: events, temperature
and discovery commands (Daniel Lezcano)
- Fix redundant initialization for a ret variable (Colin Ian King)
- Remove the clock cooling code as it is used nowhere (Amit Kucheria)
- Add the rcar_gen3_thermal's r8a774e1 support (Marian-Cristian Rotariu)
- Replace all references to thermal.txt in the documentation to the
corresponding yaml files (Amit Kucheria)
- Add maintainer entry for the IPA (Lukasz Luba)
- Add support for MSM8939 for the tsens (Shawn Guo)
- Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing (Lukasz Luba)
- Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support (Sumeet Pawnikar)
- Add tsensor support for V2 mediatek thermal system (Henry Yen)
- Fix thermal zone lookup by ID for the core code (Thierry Reding)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGn3N4YVz0WNVyHskqDIjiipP6E8FAl8q7tsACgkQqDIjiipP
6E+5Rwf7BFEn5YXPvng8cmnAlgvEBc9DdT6mGSo0NpFm9MdUxXlaqvw3WWSGyqWQ
+z0Ka7lmn5XyiMsVN11++Snp+79X17HzZf9SXO3glyIpAn+5prTDRhzzj0/jPrtS
sEeI++DrILsKKMGVljzftLmwNJN9DkUDNcnmWmZdCDbYVEKtP9Pjf2wBjAnXj7sX
JA3CkHRMwYLEQbfaKz37M11cYM+LqbDOlb6U11YWgAGGJ7d7zNYRf2/YSYPM4AN6
iE6j0E+3jIlXesULsap1AzeJaBq+wFxj1FL2TUZ8KscvRrm3AucqzNAT2M/Bc5Az
XLKKzc6Gp9JfqB5KXhX2EDu7VRnDBg==
=cSMN
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'thermal-v5.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/thermal/linux
Pull thermal updates from Daniel Lezcano:
- Add support to enable/disable the thermal zones resulting on core
code and drivers cleanup (Andrzej Pietrasiewicz)
- Add generic netlink support for userspace notifications: events,
temperature and discovery commands (Daniel Lezcano)
- Fix redundant initialization for a ret variable (Colin Ian King)
- Remove the clock cooling code as it is used nowhere (Amit Kucheria)
- Add the rcar_gen3_thermal's r8a774e1 support (Marian-Cristian
Rotariu)
- Replace all references to thermal.txt in the documentation to the
corresponding yaml files (Amit Kucheria)
- Add maintainer entry for the IPA (Lukasz Luba)
- Add support for MSM8939 for the tsens (Shawn Guo)
- Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing (Lukasz
Luba)
- Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support (Sumeet Pawnikar)
- Add tsensor support for V2 mediatek thermal system (Henry Yen)
- Fix thermal zone lookup by ID for the core code (Thierry Reding)
* tag 'thermal-v5.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/thermal/linux: (40 commits)
thermal: intel: intel_pch_thermal: Add Cannon Lake Low Power PCH support
thermal: mediatek: Add tsensor support for V2 thermal system
thermal: mediatek: Prepare to add support for other platforms
thermal: Update power allocator and devfreq cooling to SPDX licensing
MAINTAINERS: update entry to thermal governors file name prefixing
thermal: core: Add thermal zone enable/disable notification
thermal: qcom: tsens-v0_1: Add support for MSM8939
dt-bindings: tsens: qcom: Document MSM8939 compatible
thermal: core: Fix thermal zone lookup by ID
thermal: int340x: processor_thermal: fix: update Jasper Lake PCI id
thermal: imx8mm: Support module autoloading
thermal: ti-soc-thermal: Fix reversed condition in ti_thermal_expose_sensor()
MAINTAINERS: Add maintenance information for IPA
thermal: rcar_gen3_thermal: Do not shadow thcode variable
dt-bindings: thermal: Get rid of thermal.txt and replace references
thermal: core: Move initialization after core initcall
thermal: netlink: Improve the initcall ordering
net: genetlink: Move initialization to core_initcall
thermal: rcar_gen3_thermal: Add r8a774e1 support
thermal/drivers/clock_cooling: Remove clock_cooling code
...
Smaller set of RDMA updates. A smaller number of 'big topics' with the
majority of changes being driver updates.
- Driver updates for hfi1, rxe, mlx5, hns, qedr, usnic, bnxt_re
- Removal of dead or redundant code across the drivers
- RAW resource tracker dumps to include a device specific data blob for
device objects to aide device debugging
- Further advance the IOCTL interface, remove the ability to turn it off.
Add QUERY_CONTEXT, QUERY_MR, and QUERY_PD commands
- Remove stubs related to devices with no pkey table
- A shared CQ scheme to allow multiple ULPs to share the CQ rings of a
device to give higher performance
- Several more static checker, syzkaller and rare crashers fixed
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0z2L
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"A quiet cycle after the larger 5.8 effort. Substantially cleanup and
driver work with a few smaller features this time.
- Driver updates for hfi1, rxe, mlx5, hns, qedr, usnic, bnxt_re
- Removal of dead or redundant code across the drivers
- RAW resource tracker dumps to include a device specific data blob
for device objects to aide device debugging
- Further advance the IOCTL interface, remove the ability to turn it
off. Add QUERY_CONTEXT, QUERY_MR, and QUERY_PD commands
- Remove stubs related to devices with no pkey table
- A shared CQ scheme to allow multiple ULPs to share the CQ rings of
a device to give higher performance
- Several more static checker, syzkaller and rare crashers fixed"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (121 commits)
RDMA/mlx5: Fix flow destination setting for RDMA TX flow table
RDMA/rxe: Remove pkey table
RDMA/umem: Add a schedule point in ib_umem_get()
RDMA/hns: Fix the unneeded process when getting a general type of CQE error
RDMA/hns: Fix error during modify qp RTS2RTS
RDMA/hns: Delete unnecessary memset when allocating VF resource
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant parameters in set_rc_wqe()
RDMA/hns: Remove support for HIP08_A
RDMA/hns: Refactor hns_roce_v2_set_hem()
RDMA/hns: Remove redundant hardware opcode definitions
RDMA/netlink: Remove CAP_NET_RAW check when dump a raw QP
RDMA/include: Replace license text with SPDX tags
RDMA/rtrs: remove WQ_MEM_RECLAIM for rtrs_wq
RDMA/rtrs-clt: add an additional random 8 seconds before reconnecting
RDMA/cma: Execute rdma_cm destruction from a handler properly
RDMA/cma: Remove unneeded locking for req paths
RDMA/cma: Using the standard locking pattern when delivering the removal event
RDMA/cma: Simplify DEVICE_REMOVAL for internal_id
RDMA/efa: Add EFA 0xefa1 PCI ID
RDMA/efa: User/kernel compatibility handshake mechanism
...
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_err message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support 6Ghz band in ath11k driver, from Rajkumar Manoharan.
2) Support UDP segmentation in code TSO code, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Allow flashing different flash images in cxgb4 driver, from Vishal
Kulkarni.
4) Add drop frames counter and flow status to tc flower offloading,
from Po Liu.
5) Support n-tuple filters in cxgb4, from Vishal Kulkarni.
6) Various new indirect call avoidance, from Eric Dumazet and Brian
Vazquez.
7) Fix BPF verifier failures on 32-bit pointer arithmetic, from
Yonghong Song.
8) Support querying and setting hardware address of a port function via
devlink, use this in mlx5, from Parav Pandit.
9) Support hw ipsec offload on bonding slaves, from Jarod Wilson.
10) Switch qca8k driver over to phylink, from Jonathan McDowell.
11) In bpftool, show list of processes holding BPF FD references to
maps, programs, links, and btf objects. From Andrii Nakryiko.
12) Several conversions over to generic power management, from Vaibhav
Gupta.
13) Add support for SO_KEEPALIVE et al. to bpf_setsockopt(), from Dmitry
Yakunin.
14) Various https url conversions, from Alexander A. Klimov.
15) Timestamping and PHC support for mscc PHY driver, from Antoine
Tenart.
16) Support bpf iterating over tcp and udp sockets, from Yonghong Song.
17) Support 5GBASE-T i40e NICs, from Aleksandr Loktionov.
18) Add kTLS RX HW offload support to mlx5e, from Tariq Toukan.
19) Fix the ->ndo_start_xmit() return type to be netdev_tx_t in several
drivers. From Luc Van Oostenryck.
20) XDP support for xen-netfront, from Denis Kirjanov.
21) Support receive buffer autotuning in MPTCP, from Florian Westphal.
22) Support EF100 chip in sfc driver, from Edward Cree.
23) Add XDP support to mvpp2 driver, from Matteo Croce.
24) Support MPTCP in sock_diag, from Paolo Abeni.
25) Commonize UDP tunnel offloading code by creating udp_tunnel_nic
infrastructure, from Jakub Kicinski.
26) Several pci_ --> dma_ API conversions, from Christophe JAILLET.
27) Add FLOW_ACTION_POLICE support to mlxsw, from Ido Schimmel.
28) Add SK_LOOKUP bpf program type, from Jakub Sitnicki.
29) Refactor a lot of networking socket option handling code in order to
avoid set_fs() calls, from Christoph Hellwig.
30) Add rfc4884 support to icmp code, from Willem de Bruijn.
31) Support TBF offload in dpaa2-eth driver, from Ioana Ciornei.
32) Support XDP_REDIRECT in qede driver, from Alexander Lobakin.
33) Support PCI relaxed ordering in mlx5 driver, from Aya Levin.
34) Support TCP syncookies in MPTCP, from Flowian Westphal.
35) Fix several tricky cases of PMTU handling wrt. briding, from Stefano
Brivio.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (2056 commits)
net: thunderx: initialize VF's mailbox mutex before first usage
usb: hso: remove bogus check for EINPROGRESS
usb: hso: no complaint about kmalloc failure
hso: fix bailout in error case of probe
ip_tunnel_core: Fix build for archs without _HAVE_ARCH_IPV6_CSUM
selftests/net: relax cpu affinity requirement in msg_zerocopy test
mptcp: be careful on subflow creation
selftests: rtnetlink: make kci_test_encap() return sub-test result
selftests: rtnetlink: correct the final return value for the test
net: dsa: sja1105: use detected device id instead of DT one on mismatch
tipc: set ub->ifindex for local ipv6 address
ipv6: add ipv6_dev_find()
net: openvswitch: silence suspicious RCU usage warning
Revert "vxlan: fix tos value before xmit"
ptp: only allow phase values lower than 1 period
farsync: switch from 'pci_' to 'dma_' API
wan: wanxl: switch from 'pci_' to 'dma_' API
hv_netvsc: do not use VF device if link is down
dpaa2-eth: Fix passing zero to 'PTR_ERR' warning
net: macb: Properly handle phylink on at91sam9x
...
Fix smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa2/dpaa2-eth.c:2419
alloc_channel() warn: passing zero to 'ERR_PTR'
setup_dpcon() should return ERR_PTR(err) instead of zero in error
handling case.
Fixes: d7f5a9d89a ("dpaa2-eth: defer probe on object allocate")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I just recently noticed that ethernet does not work anymore since v5.5
on the GARDENA smart Gateway, which is based on the AT91SAM9G25.
Debugging showed that the "GEM bits" in the NCFGR register are now
unconditionally accessed, which is incorrect for the !macb_is_gem()
case.
This patch adds the macb_is_gem() checks back to the code
(in macb_mac_config() & macb_mac_link_up()), so that the GEM register
bits are not accessed in this case any more.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dead lock was triggered on thunderx driver:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
[01] lock(&(&nic->rx_mode_wq_lock)->rlock);
[11] lock(&(&mc->mca_lock)->rlock);
[12] lock(&(&nic->rx_mode_wq_lock)->rlock);
[02] <Interrupt> lock(&(&mc->mca_lock)->rlock);
The path for each is:
[01] worker_thread() -> process_one_work() -> nicvf_set_rx_mode_task()
[02] mld_ifc_timer_expire()
[11] ipv6_add_dev() -> ipv6_dev_mc_inc() -> igmp6_group_added() ->
[12] dev_mc_add() -> __dev_set_rx_mode() -> nicvf_set_rx_mode()
To fix it, it needs to disable bh on [1], so that the timer on [2]
wouldn't be triggered until rx_mode_wq_lock is released. So change
to use spin_lock_bh() instead of spin_lock().
Thanks to Paolo for helping with this.
v1->v2:
- post to netdev.
Reported-by: Rafael P. <rparrazo@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Dean Nelson <dnelson@redhat.com>
Fixes: 469998c861 ("net: thunderx: prevent concurrent data re-writing by nicvf_set_rx_mode")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_<level> in place of VELOCITY_PRT.
Use pr_<level> in place of printk(KERN_<LEVEL>.
Miscellanea:
o Add pr_fmt to prefix pr_<level> output with "via-velocity: "
o Remove now unused functions and macros
o Realign some logging lines
o Remove devname where pr_<level> is also used
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF should check whether the cmd from VF is supported and its content
is right before passing it to hw.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to generate mailbox random id of VF to ensure that
mailbox messages PF received are from the correct VF.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-08-04
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 73 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 135 files changed, 4603 insertions(+), 1013 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Implement bpf_link support for XDP. Also add LINK_DETACH operation for the BPF
syscall allowing processes with BPF link FD to force-detach, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Add BPF iterator for map elements and to iterate all BPF programs for efficient
in-kernel inspection, from Yonghong Song and Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Separate bpf_get_{stack,stackid}() helpers for perf events in BPF to avoid
unwinder errors, from Song Liu.
4) Allow cgroup local storage map to be shared between programs on the same
cgroup. Also extend BPF selftests with coverage, from YiFei Zhu.
5) Add BPF exception tables to ARM64 JIT in order to be able to JIT BPF_PROBE_MEM
load instructions, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
6) Follow-up fixes on BPF socket lookup in combination with reuseport group
handling. Also add related BPF selftests, from Jakub Sitnicki.
7) Allow to use socket storage in BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK-typed programs for
socket create/release as well as bind functions, from Stanislav Fomichev.
8) Fix an info leak in xsk_getsockopt() when retrieving XDP stats via old struct
xdp_statistics, from Peilin Ye.
9) Fix PT_REGS_RC{,_CORE}() macros in libbpf for MIPS arch, from Jerry Crunchtime.
10) Extend BPF kernel test infra with skb->family and skb->{local,remote}_ip{4,6}
fields and allow user space to specify skb->dev via ifindex, from Dmitry Yakunin.
11) Fix a bpftool segfault due to missing program type name and make it more robust
to prevent them in future gaps, from Quentin Monnet.
12) Consolidate cgroup helper functions across selftests and fix a v6 localhost
resolver issue, from John Fastabend.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchset introduces some updates to mlx5 driver.
1) Jakub converts mlx5 to use the new udp tunnel infrastructure.
Starting with a hack to allow drivers to request a static configuration
of the default vxlan port, and then a patch that converts mlx5.
2) Parav implements change_carrier ndo for VF eswitch representors,
to speedup link state control of representors netdevices.
3) Alex Vesker, makes a simple update to software steering to fix an issue
with push vlan action sequence
4) Leon removes a redundant dump stack on error flow.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8oRdgACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4/LQgAkSjNzOaS7bVDzhoYL3aBQOMIzgocJUeVi7xXH8IO1uy55mNDrKBqjxbW
dy9U9VsvV5i2V2qkkQLvHVkoDSg8Buo2Uxu4OrZHOLN0KfbFrra4VvmB1CzEBix8
FICnQaZZcE7529P04TgZ8Mo9vRb5VdJFhqED5Nvegy+y8FolEsQYbjIoDBE6wa0j
Meqa/29+XCE5FzTOjbbQWizAnRZMbkxtSSreDNgeHxke9eMSO+fmwKScng63QUfl
7nfU6dW6A0d1kHhpL5RqAFOcmkpSdqYaA3SA+/8pPT9X3yOAkxE6KTKGIixpB9JX
zQt+Wkna49jJ/JfDQB5vgww5c0HjAQ==
=j0fG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-08-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-08-03
This patchset introduces some updates to mlx5 driver.
1) Jakub converts mlx5 to use the new udp tunnel infrastructure.
Starting with a hack to allow drivers to request a static configuration
of the default vxlan port, and then a patch that converts mlx5.
2) Parav implements change_carrier ndo for VF eswitch representors,
to speedup link state control of representors netdevices.
3) Alex Vesker, makes a simple update to software steering to fix an issue
with push vlan action sequence
4) Leon removes a redundant dump stack on error flow.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't yet have a .sriov_configure() to create them, though.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Self-tests for event and interrupt reception and NVRAM.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC stats work much the same as on EF10, with a periodic DMA to a region
specified via an MCDI.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring down the TX and RX queues at ifdown, so that we can then fini the
EVQs (otherwise the MC would return EBUSY because they're still in use).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Includes checksum offload and TSO, so declare those in our netdev features.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several parts of the EF100 architecture are parameterised (to allow
varying capabilities on FPGAs according to resource constraints), and
these parameters are exposed to the driver through a TLV-encoded
region of the BAR.
For the most part we either don't care about these values at all or
just need to sanity-check them against the driver's assumptions, but
there are a number of TSO limits which we record so that we will be
able to check against them in the TX path when handling GSO skbs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the future, EF100 is planned to have a credit-based scheme for
handling unsolicited events, which drivers will need to use in order
to function correctly. However, current EF100 hardware does not yet
generate unsolicited events and the credit scheme has not yet been
implemented in firmware. To prevent compatibility problems later if
the current driver is used with future firmware which does implement
it, we check for the corresponding capability flag (which that
future firmware will set), and if found, we refuse to probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Early in EF100 development there was a different format of event
descriptor; if the NIC is somehow running the very old firmware
which will use that format, fail the probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver calls napi_schedule_irqoff() from a context where, in RT,
hardirqs are not disabled, since the IRQ handler is force-threaded.
In the call path of this function, __raise_softirq_irqoff() is modifying
its per-CPU mask of pending softirqs that must be processed, using
or_softirq_pending(). The or_softirq_pending() function is not atomic,
but since interrupts are supposed to be disabled, nobody should be
preempting it, and the operation should be safe.
Nonetheless, when running with hardirqs on, as in the PREEMPT_RT case,
it isn't safe, and the pending softirqs mask can get corrupted,
resulting in softirqs being lost and never processed.
To have common code that works with PREEMPT_RT and with mainline Linux,
we can use plain napi_schedule() instead. The difference is that
napi_schedule() (via __napi_schedule) also calls local_irq_save, which
disables hardirqs if they aren't already. But, since they already are
disabled in non-RT, this means that in practice we don't see any
measurable difference in throughput or latency with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jiafei Pan <Jiafei.Pan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver calls napi_schedule_irqoff() from a context where, in RT,
hardirqs are not disabled, since the IRQ handler is force-threaded.
In the call path of this function, __raise_softirq_irqoff() is modifying
its per-CPU mask of pending softirqs that must be processed, using
or_softirq_pending(). The or_softirq_pending() function is not atomic,
but since interrupts are supposed to be disabled, nobody should be
preempting it, and the operation should be safe.
Nonetheless, when running with hardirqs on, as in the PREEMPT_RT case,
it isn't safe, and the pending softirqs mask can get corrupted,
resulting in softirqs being lost and never processed.
To have common code that works with PREEMPT_RT and with mainline Linux,
we can use plain napi_schedule() instead. The difference is that
napi_schedule() (via __napi_schedule) also calls local_irq_save, which
disables hardirqs if they aren't already. But, since they already are
disabled in non-RT, this means that in practice we don't see any
measurable difference in throughput or latency with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jiafei Pan <Jiafei.Pan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matching IPv6 traffic require allocating their own individual slots
in TCAM. So, fetch additional slots to insert IPv6 rules. Also, fetch
the cumulative stats of all the slots occupied by the Matchall rule.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading action trap on a qevent, pass to_dev of NULL to the SPAN
module to trigger the mirror to the CPU port. Query the buffer drops
policer and use it for policing of the trapped traffic.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, packets that are dropped due to buffer related
reasons (e.g., tail drop, early drop) can be mirrored to the CPU port.
These packets are then trapped with one of the "mirror session" traps
and their CQE includes the reason for which the packet was mirrored.
Register with devlink a new trap, early_drop, and initialize the
corresponding Rx listener with the appropriate mirror reason. Return an
error in case user tries to change the traps' action, as this is not
supported.
Since Spectrum-1 does not support these traps, the above is only done
for Spectrum-2 onwards.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Subsequent patches will need to register different traps for Spectrum-1
and Spectrum-2 onwards.
Enable that by invoking a per-ASIC operation during traps
initialization.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Subsequent patches will need to register different trap groups for
Spectrum-1 and Spectrum-2 onwards.
Enable that by invoking a per-ASIC operation during trap groups
initialization.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unsetting policer base, the SPAN code currently uses refcount_dec().
However that function splats when the counter reaches zero, because
reaching zero without actually testing is in general indicative of a
missing cleanup. There is no cleanup to be done here, but nonetheless, use
refcount_dec_and_test() as required.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use 'size_t' instead of 'u64' for array sizes, as this this is correct
type to use for expressions involving sizeof().
Suggested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw
and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so
that failure could be communicated clearly to user space.
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the latest net-next tree, if test suspend/resume after enabling
WOL, we get error as below:
[ 487.086365] dpm_run_callback(): mdio_bus_suspend+0x0/0x30 returns -16
[ 487.086375] PM: Device stmmac-0:00 failed to suspend: error -16
-16 means -EBUSY, this is because I didn't enable wakeup of the correct
device when implementing phy based WOL feature. To be honest, I caught
the issue when implementing phy based WOL and then fix it locally, but
forgot to amend the phy based wol patch. Today, I found the issue by
testing net-next tree.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix memory allocation for ethernet address hash table.
The code was wrongly allocating an array for eth hash table which
is incorrect because this is the main structure for eth hash table
(struct eth_hash_t) that contains inside a number of elements.
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a safe check to avoid dereferencing null pointer
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parameter 'priority' is incorrectly forced to zero which ultimately
induces logically dead code in the subsequent lines.
Fixes: 57ba4c9b56 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check before using returned value to avoid dereferencing null pointer.
Fixes: 18a6c85fcc ("fsl/fman: Add FMan Port Support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Potentially overflowing expression (ts_freq << 16 and intgr << 16)
declared as type u32 (32-bit unsigned) is evaluated using 32-bit
arithmetic and then used in a context that expects an expression of
type u64 (64-bit unsigned) which ultimately is used as 16-bit
unsigned by typecasting to u16. Fixed by using an unsigned 32-bit
integer since the value is truncated anyway in the end.
Fixes: 414fd46e77 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan support")
Signed-off-by: Florinel Iordache <florinel.iordache@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid a memset after a call to 'dma_alloc_coherent()'.
This is useless since
commit 518a2f1925 ("dma-mapping: zero memory returned from dma_alloc_*")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the size used in 'dma_free_coherent()' in order to match the one
used in the corresponding 'dma_alloc_coherent()', in
'spider_net_init_chain()'.
Fixes: d4ed8f8d1f ("Spidernet DMA coalescing")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the size used in 'dma_free_coherent()' in order to match the one
used in the corresponding 'dma_alloc_coherent()'.
Fixes: 369a782af0 ("net: sgi: ioc3-eth: ensure tx ring is 16k aligned.")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On an error exit path, a negative error code should be returned
instead of a positive return value.
Fixes: 0c45d7fe12 ("liquidio: fix use of pf in pass-through mode in a virtual machine")
Cc: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of invalid rule, a positive value EINVAL is returned here.
I think this is a typo error. It is necessary to return an error value.
Cc: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function hw_atl_a0_hw_multicast_list_set(), when an invalid
request is encountered, a negative error code should be returned.
Fixes: bab6de8fd1 ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Atlantic A0 and B0 specific functions")
Cc: David VomLehn <vomlehn@texas.net>
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-08-01
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Wei Yongjun marks power management functions with __maybe_unused.
Nick disables VLAN pruning in promiscuous mode and renames grst_delay to
grst_timeout.
Kiran modifies the check for linearization and corrects the vsi_id mask
value.
Vignesh replaces the use of flow profile locks to RSS profile locks for RSS
rule removal. Destroys flow profile lock on clearing XLT table and
clears extraction sequence entries.
Jesse adds some statistics and removes an unreported one.
Brett allows for 2 queue configuration for VFs.
Surabhi adds a check for failed allocation of an extraction sequence
table.
Tony updates the PTYPE lookup table and makes other trivial fixes.
Victor extends profile ID locks to be held until all references are
completed.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit c8729cac2a ("cxgb4: add ethtool n-tuple filter insertion")
has removed checking control key for determining IP address types
for TC-FLOWER rules, which causes all the rules being inserted to
hardware to become IPv6 rule type always. So, add back the check
to select the correct IP address type to extract and hence fix the
correct rule type being inserted to hardware.
Also, ethtool_rx_flow_key doesn't have any control key and instead
directly sets the IPv4/IPv6 address keys. So, explicitly set the
IP address type for ethtool n-tuple filters to reuse the same code.
Fixes: c8729cac2a ("cxgb4: add ethtool n-tuple filter insertion")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag indicating the selftest to run is a bitmask. So, fix the
check. Also, the selftests will fail if adapter initialization has
not been completed yet. So, add appropriate check and bail sooner.
Fixes: 7235ffae3d ("cxgb4: add loopback ethtool self-test")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the capability to split the Tx queues onto their own
interrupts with their own napi contexts. This gives the
opportunity for more direct control of Tx interrupt
handling, such as CPU affinity and interrupt coalescing,
useful for some traffic loads.
v2: use ethtool -L, not a vendor specific priv-flag
v3: simplify logging, drop unnecessary "no-change" tests
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We give the tx clean path its own budget and service routine in
order to give a little more leeway to be more aggressive, and
in preparation for coming changes. We've found this gives us
a little better performance in some packet processing scenarios
without hurting other scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We really don't need to hit the Rx queue doorbell so many times,
we can wait to the end and cause a little less thrash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release skb memory in mvpp2_rx() if mvpp2_rx_refill routine fails
Fixes: b501585467 ("net: mvpp2: fix refilling BM pools in RX path")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate nic_info dynamically - n_entries is not constant.
Attach the tunnel offload info only to the uplink representor.
We expect the "main" netdev to be unregistered in switchdev
mode, and there to be only one uplink representor.
Drop the udp_tunnel_drop_rx_info() call, it was not there until
commit b3c2ed21c0 ("net/mlx5e: Fix VXLAN configuration restore after function reload")
so the device doesn't need it, and core should handle reloads and
reset just fine.
v2:
- don't drop the ndos on reprs, and register info on uplink repr.
v4:
- Move netdev tunnel structure handling to en_main.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The DR TX state machine supports the following order:
modify header, push vlan and encapsulation.
Instead fs_dr would pass:
push vlan, modify header and encapsulation.
The above caused the rule creation to fail on invalid action
sequence provided error.
Fixes: 6a48faeeca ("net/mlx5: Add direct rule fs_cmd implementation")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently PF and VF representor netdevice carrier is always controlled
by controlling the representor netdevice device state as up/down.
Representor netdevice state change undergoes one or more txq/rxq
destroy/create commands to firmware, skb and its rx buffer allocation,
health reporters creation and more.
Due to this limitation users do not have the ability to just change
the carrier of the non uplink representors without modifying the
device state.
In one use case when the eswitch physical port carrier is down/up,
user needs to update the VF link state to same as physical port
carrier.
Example of updating VF representor carrier state:
$ ip link set enp0s8f0npf0vf0 carrier off
$ ip link set enp0s8f0npf0vf0 carrier on
This enhancement results into VF link state change which is
represented by the VF representor netdevice carrier.
This enables users to modify the representor carrier without modifying
the representor netdevice state.
A simple test is run using [1] to calculate the time difference between
updating carrier vs updating device state (to update just the carrier)
with one VF to simulate 255 VFs.
Time taken to update the carrier using device up/down:
$ time ./calculate.sh dev enp0s8f0npf0vf0
real 0m30.913s
user 0m0.200s
sys 0m11.168s
Time taken to update just the carrier using carrier iproute2 command:
$ time ./calculate.sh carrier enp0s8f0npf0vf0
real 0m2.142s
user 0m0.160s
sys 0m2.021s
Test shows that its better to use carrier on/off user interface to notify
link up/down event to VF compare to device up/down interface, because
carrier user interface delivers the same event 15 times faster.
[1] https://github.com/paravmellanox/myscripts/blob/master/calculate_carrier_time.sh
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is a collection of minor fixes including typos, white space, and
style. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
The profile ID map lock should be held till the caller completes
all references of that profile entries.
The current code releases the lock right after the match search.
This caused a driver issue when the profile map entries were
referenced after it was freed in other thread after the lock was
released earlier.
Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Update the PTYPE lookup table to reflect values that can be set by the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Disable VLAN pruning when entering promiscuous mode, and re-enable it
when exiting.
Without this VLAN-over-bridge topologies created on the device won't be
functional unless rx-vlan-filter is explicitly disabled with ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In the ice_init_hw_tbls, if the devm_kcalloc for es->written fails, catch
that error and bail out gracefully, instead of continuing with a NULL
pointer.
Fixes: 32d63fa1e9 ("ice: Initialize DDP package structures")
Signed-off-by: Surabhi Boob <surabhi.boob@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This is a port of commit 248de22e63 ("i40e/i40evf: Account for frags
split over multiple descriptors in check linearize")
As part of testing workloads (read/write) using larger IO size (128K)
tx_timeout is observed and whenever it happens, it was due to
tx_linearize.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Currently VFs are only allowed to get 16, 4, and 1 queue pair by
default, which require 17, 5, and 2 MSI-X vectors respectively. This
is because each VF needs a MSI-X per data queue and a MSI-X for its
other interrupt. The calculation is based on the number of VFs created,
MSI-X available, and queue pairs available at the time of VF creation.
Unfortunately the values above exclude 2 queue pairs when only 3 MSI-X
are available to each VF based on resource constraints. The current
calculation would default to 2 MSI-X and 1 queue pair. This is a waste
of resources, so fix this by allowing 2 queue pairs per VF when there
are between 2 and 5 MSI-X available per VF.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This fix has been added to address memory leak issues resulting from
triggering a sudden driver reset which does not allow us to follow our
normal removal flows for SW XLT entries for advanced features.
- Adding call to destroy flow profile locks when clearing SW XLT tables.
- Extraction sequence entries were not correctly cleared previously
which could cause ownership conflicts for repeated reset-replay calls.
Fixes: 31ad4e4ee1 ("ice: Allocate flow profile")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Sridhar <vignesh.sridhar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Display and count some useful hot-path statistics. The usefulness is as
follows:
- tx_restart: use to determine if the transmit ring size is too small or
if the transmit interrupt rate is too low.
- rx_gro_dropped: use to count drops from GRO layer, which previously were
completely uncounted when occurring.
- tx_busy: use to determine when the driver is miscounting number of
descriptors needed for an skb.
- tx_timeout: as our other drivers, count the number of times we've reset
due to timeout because the kernel only prints a warning once per netdev.
Several of these were already counted but not displayed.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The page reuse statistic wasn't even being displayed to the user, even
though the driver counted it. Don't waste the struct space and hot-path
cycles since the driver doesn't display it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replacing flow profile locks with RSS profile locks in the function to
remove all RSS rules for a given VSI. This is to align the locks used
for RSS rule addition to VSI and removal during VSI teardown to avoid
a race condition owing to several iterations of the above operations.
In function to get RSS rules for given VSI and protocol header replacing
the pointer reference of the RSS entry with a copy of hash value to
ensure thread safety.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Sridhar <vignesh.sridhar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
set_rss_lut can fail due to incorrect vsi_id mask. vsi_id is 10 bit
but mask was 0x1FF whereas it should be 0x3FF.
For vsi_num >= 512, FW set_rss_lut can fail with return code
EACCESS (VSI ownership issue) because software was providing
incorrect vsi_num (dropping 10th bit due to incorrect mask) for
set_rss_lut admin command
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The grst_delay variable in ice_check_reset contains the maximum time
(in 100 msec units) that the driver will wait for a reset event to
transition to the Device Active state. The value is the sum of three
separate components:
1) The maximum time it may take for the firmware to process its
outstanding command before handling the reset request.
2) The value in RSTCTL.GRSTDEL (the delay firmware inserts between first
seeing the driver reset request and the actual hardware assertion).
3) The maximum expected reset processing time in hardware.
Referring to this total time as "grst_delay" is misleading and
potentially confusing to someone checking the code and cross-referencing
the hardware specification.
Fix this by renaming the variable to "grst_timeout", which is more
descriptive of its actual use.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.c:4214:12: warning:
'ice_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4214 | static int ice_resume(struct device *dev)
| ^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.c:4150:12: warning:
'ice_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4150 | static int ice_suspend(struct device *dev)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the
compiler that this is going to happen based on the configuration,
which is the standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 769c500dcc ("ice: Add advanced power mgmt for WoL")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8jebYACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6Vnwf/Z0LVx9aIVOl+lfIuIqeKCtbwdoh9kTa6wNIuX0c/NnG2u2bt9GjOGyKh
LqTVX6Nu2sfcuTtkyrqhiIj6PyivzHciDN+au8hqrvBV429KsKbNu+jvXJmL/mXX
BU47mExP6ZMsWDTkBEnRQnwSsKDHbUw+xT7LeO36DE9Rrjlox6AtjFeWuJBoyBMO
QlbTjgDHtwV1bJe8sVBrymZmQcy582hEcoZqAGnzDVAF5DW6TAZkSqx3UdiO6KeN
hLTMYZbiIDRDs3n1dOyLlQlXSWzzQzw1gae/Q7nJsYu4VPsGjEeNXUw8d9RNWv4v
EGhJF999G9Np6mjzWtXDC00tM2X7LQ==
=+emh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-07-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2020-07-30
This small patchset introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -stable v4.18:
('net/mlx5e: fix bpf_prog reference count leaks in mlx5e_alloc_rq')
For -stable v5.7:
('net/mlx5e: E-Switch, Add misc bit when misc fields changed for mirroring')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-30
This series contains updates to e100, e1000, e1000e, igb, igbvf, ixgbe,
ixgbevf, iavf, and driver documentation.
Vaibhav Gupta converts legacy .suspend() and .resume() to generic PM
callbacks for e100, igbvf, ixgbe, ixgbevf, and iavf.
Suraj Upadhyay replaces 1 byte memsets with assignments for e1000,
e1000e, igb, and ixgbe.
Alexander Klimov replaces http links with https.
Miaohe Lin replaces uses of memset to clear MAC addresses with
eth_zero_addr().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-30
This series contains updates to the e1000e and igb drivers.
Aaron Ma allows PHY initialization to continue if ULP disable failed for
e1000e.
Francesco Ruggeri fixes race conditions in igb reset that could cause panics.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to %pM instead of using custom code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function invokes bpf_prog_inc(), which increases the reference
count of a bpf_prog object "rq->xdp_prog" if the object isn't NULL.
The refcount leak issues take place in two error handling paths. When
either mlx5_wq_ll_create() or mlx5_wq_cyc_create() fails, the function
simply returns the error code and forgets to drop the reference count
increased earlier, causing a reference count leak of "rq->xdp_prog".
Fix this issue by jumping to the error handling path err_rq_wq_destroy
while either function fails.
Fixes: 422d4c401e ("net/mlx5e: RX, Split WQ objects for different RQ types")
Signed-off-by: Xin Xiong <xiongx18@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xiyu Yang <xiyuyang19@fudan.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xin Tan <tanxin.ctf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The flow_source must be specified, even for rule without matching
source vport, because some actions are only allowed in uplink.
Otherwise, rule can't be offloaded and firmware syndrome happens.
Fixes: 6fb0701a9c ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add support for offloading rules with no in_port")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The modified flow_context fields in FTE must be indicated in
modify_enable bitmask. Previously, the misc bit in modify_enable is
always set as source vport must be set for each rule. So, when parsing
vxlan/gre/geneve/qinq rules, this bit is not set because those are all
from the same misc fileds that source vport fields are located at, and
we don't need to set the indicator twice.
After adding per vport tables for mirroring, misc bit is not set, then
firmware syndrome happens. To fix it, set the bit wherever misc fileds
are changed. This also makes it unnecessary to check misc fields and set
the misc bit accordingly in metadata matching, so here remove it.
Besides, flow_source must be specified for uplink because firmware
will check it and some actions are only allowed for packets received
from uplink.
Fixes: 96e326878f ("net/mlx5e: Eswitch, Use per vport tables for mirroring")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the driver restores only IPv4 tunnel headers.
Add support for restoring IPv6 tunnel header.
Fixes: b8ce903709 ("net/mlx5e: Restore tunnel metadata on miss")
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix the missing clk_disable_unprepare() before return
from gemini_ethernet_port_probe() in the error handling case.
Fixes: 4d5ae32f5e ("net: ethernet: Add a driver for Gemini gigabit ethernet")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
platform_get_resource() may fail and return NULL, so we had better
check its return value to avoid a NULL pointer dereference a bit later
in the code. Fix it to use devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname()
instead of calling platform_get_resource_byname() and devm_ioremap().
Fixes: 8425c41d1e ("net: ll_temac: Extend support to non-device-tree platforms")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy power management .suspen()/.resume() callbacks
have to manage PCI states and device's PM states themselves. They also
need to take care of standard configuration registers.
Switch to generic power management framework using a single
"struct dev_pm_ops" variable to take the unnecessary load from the driver.
This also avoids the need for the driver to directly call most of the PCI
helper functions and device power state control functions, as through
the generic framework PCI Core takes care of the necessary operations,
and drivers are required to do only device-specific jobs.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
./drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt.c:3730:19-37: WARNING:
dma_alloc_coherent use in stats -> hw_stats already zeroes out
memory, so memset is not needed
dma_alloc_coherent use in status already zeroes out memory,
so memset is not needed
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Heng <liheng40@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of struct octeon_dispatch is too small, it is better to use
kmalloc instead of vmalloc.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the flex_array_size() helper to calculate the size of a
flexible array member within an enclosing structure.
This helper offers defense-in-depth against potential integer
overflows, while at the same time makes it explicitly clear that
we are dealing witha flexible array member.
Also, remove unnecessary pointer identifier sub_pool.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On an error return, jump to the unlock at the end to be sure
to unlock the queue_lock mutex.
Fixes: 0925e9db4d ("ionic: use mutex to protect queue operations")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in recent kernel versions there are warnings about incorrect MTU size
like these:
eth0: mtu greater than device maximum
mtk_soc_eth 1b100000.ethernet eth0: error -22 setting MTU to include DSA overhead
Fixes: bfcb813203 ("net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports")
Fixes: 72579e14a1 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set the MTU")
Fixes: 7a4c53bee3 ("net: report invalid mtu value via netlink extack")
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If some processes in nixge_probe() fail, free_netdev(dev)
needs to be called to aviod a memory leak.
Fixes: 87ab207981 ("net: nixge: Separate ctrl and dma resources")
Fixes: abcd3d6fc6 ("net: nixge: Fix error path for obtaining mac address")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lu Wei <luwei32@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignment.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignment.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignments.
Issue found with checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Replace memsets of 1 byte with simple assignments.
Issue reported by checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Suraj Upadhyay <usuraj35@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let
PCI core handle the work.
e100_suspend() calls __e100_shutdown() to perform intermediate tasks.
__e100_shutdown() calls pci_save_state() which is not recommended.
e100_suspend() also calls __e100_power_off() which is calling PCI helper
functions, pci_prepare_to_sleep(), pci_set_power_state(), along with
pci_wake_from_d3(...,false). Hence, the functin call is removed and wol is
disabled as earlier using device_wakeup_disable().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
We observed two panics involving races with igb_reset_task.
The first panic is caused by this race condition:
kworker reboot -f
igb_reset_task
igb_reinit_locked
igb_down
napi_synchronize
__igb_shutdown
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme
igb_free_q_vectors
igb_free_q_vector
adapter->q_vector[v_idx] = NULL;
napi_disable
Panics trying to access
adapter->q_vector[v_idx].napi_state
The second panic (a divide error) is caused by this race:
kworker reboot -f tx packet
igb_reset_task
__igb_shutdown
rtnl_lock()
...
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme
igb_free_q_vectors
adapter->num_tx_queues = 0
...
rtnl_unlock()
rtnl_lock()
igb_reinit_locked
igb_down
igb_up
netif_tx_start_all_queues
dev_hard_start_xmit
igb_xmit_frame
igb_tx_queue_mapping
Panics on
r_idx % adapter->num_tx_queues
This commit applies to igb_reset_task the same changes that
were applied to ixgbe in commit 2f90b8657e ("ixgbe: this patch
adds support for DCB to the kernel and ixgbe driver"),
commit 8f4c5c9fb8 ("ixgbe: reinit_locked() should be called with
rtnl_lock") and commit 88adce4ea8 ("ixgbe: fix possible race in
reset subtask").
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After 'commit e086ba2fcc ("e1000e: disable s0ix entry and exit flows
for ME systems")',
ThinkPad P14s always failed to disable ULP by ME.
'commit 0c80cdbf33 ("e1000e: Warn if disabling ULP failed")'
break out of init phy:
error log:
[ 42.364753] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: Failed to disable ULP
[ 42.524626] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: PHY Wakeup cause - Unicast Packet
[ 42.822476] e1000e 0000:00:1f.6 enp0s31f6: Hardware Error
When disable s0ix, E1000_FWSM_ULP_CFG_DONE will never be 1.
If continue to init phy like before, it can work as before.
iperf test result good too.
Fixes: 0c80cdbf33 ("e1000e: Warn if disabling ULP failed")
Signed-off-by: Aaron Ma <aaron.ma@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was invoking PCI helper functions like pci_save/restore_state(),
and pci_enable/disable_device(), which is not recommended.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let
PCI core handle the work.
ixgbe_suspend() calls __ixgbe_shutdown() to perform intermediate tasks.
__ixgbe_shutdown() modifies the value of "wake" (device should be wakeup
enabled or not), responsible for controlling the flow of legacy PM.
Since, PCI core has no idea about the value of "wake", new code for generic
PM may produce unexpected results. Thus, use "device_set_wakeup_enable()"
to wakeup-enable the device accordingly.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Remove legacy PM callbacks and use generic operations. With legacy code,
drivers were responsible for handling PCI PM operations like
pci_save_state(). In generic code, all these are handled by PCI core.
The generic suspend() and resume() are called at the same point the legacy
ones were called. Thus, it does not affect the normal functioning of the
driver.
__maybe_unused attribute is used with .resume() but not with .suspend(), as
.suspend() is called by .shutdown().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves. The required operations are
done by PCI core.
PCI drivers are not expected to invoke PCI helper functions like
pci_save/restore_state(), pci_enable/disable_device(),
pci_set_power_state(), etc. Their tasks are completed by PCI core itself.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
RX queue IRQ mappings are disposed in both the TX IRQ and RX IRQ
error paths. Fix this and dispose of TX IRQ mappings correctly in
case of an error.
Fixes: ea22d51a78 ("ibmvnic: simplify and improve driver probe function")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-29
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Dave works around LFC settings not being preserved through link events.
Fixes link issues with GLOBR reset and handling of multiple link events.
Nick restores VF MSI-X after PCI reset.
Kiran corrects the error code returned in ice_aq_sw_rules if the rule
does not exist.
Paul prevents overwriting of user set descriptors.
Tarun adds masking before accessing rate limiting profile types and
corrects queue bandwidth configuration.
Victor modifies Tx queue scheduler distribution to spread more evenly
across queue group nodes.
Krzysztof sets need_wakeup flag for Tx AF_XDP.
Brett allows VLANs in safe mode.
Marcin cleans up VSIs on probe failure.
Bruce reduces the scope of a variable.
Ben removes a FW workaround.
Tony fixes an unused parameter warning.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta has switched to phylink, so the comment should look
like "We may have called phylink_speed_down before".
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lifetime of the Rx listener item ('rxl_item') is managed using RCU,
but is dereferenced outside of RCU read-side critical section, which can
lead to a use-after-free.
Fix this by increasing the scope of the RCU read-side critical section.
Fixes: 93c1edb27f ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox switch driver core")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit mistakenly removed the trap group for externally routed
packets (e.g., via the management interface) and grouped locally routed
and externally routed packet traps under the same group, thereby
subjecting them to the same policer.
This can result in problems, for example, when FRR is restarted and
suddenly all transient traffic is trapped to the CPU because of a
default route through the management interface. Locally routed packets
required to re-establish a BGP connection will never reach the CPU and
the routing tables will not be re-populated.
Fix this by using a different trap group for externally routed packets.
Fixes: 8110668ecd ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Register layer 3 control traps")
Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cited commit added the ability to program link-local prefix routes to
the ASIC so that relevant packets are routed and trapped correctly.
However, host routes were not included in the change and thus not
programmed to the ASIC. This can result in packets being trapped via an
external route trap instead of a local route trap as in IPv4.
Fix this by programming all the link-local routes to the ASIC.
Fixes: 10d3757fcb ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow programming link-local prefix routes")
Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on PAGE_SIZE, the following unused parameter warning can be
reported:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_txrx.c: In function ‘ice_rx_frame_truesize’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_txrx.c:513:21: warning: unused parameter ‘size’ [-Wunused-parameter]
unsigned int size)
The 'size' variable is used only when PAGE_SIZE >= 8192. Add __maybe_unused
to remove the warning.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
For the FW logging info AQ command, we currently set the ICE_AQ_FLAG_RD
in order to work around a FW issue. This issue has been fixed so remove the
workaround.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <benjamin.h.shelton@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The scope of the macro local variable 'i' can be reduced. Do so to avoid
static analysis tools from complaining.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
As part of ice_setup_pf_sw() a PF VSI is setup; release the VSI in case of
failure.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Szycik <marcin.szycik@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Currently the PF VSI's context parameters are left in a bad state when
going into safe mode. This is causing VLAN traffic to not pass. Fix this
by configuring the PF VSI to allow all VLAN tagged traffic.
Also, remove redundant comment explaining the safe mode flow in
ice_probe().
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
This is a port of i40e commit 705639572e ("i40e: need_wakeup flag might
not be set for Tx").
Quoting the original commit message:
"The need_wakeup flag for Tx might not be set for AF_XDP sockets that
are only used to send packets. This happens if there is at least one
outstanding packet that has not been completed by the hardware and we
get that corresponding completion (which will not generate an interrupt
since interrupts are disabled in the napi poll loop) between the time we
stopped processing the Tx completions and interrupts are enabled again.
In this case, the need_wakeup flag will have been cleared at the end of
the Tx completion processing as we believe we will get an interrupt from
the outstanding completion at a later point in time. But if this
completion interrupt occurs before interrupts are enable, we lose it and
should at that point really have set the need_wakeup flag since there
are no more outstanding completions that can generate an interrupt to
continue the processing. When this happens, user space will see a Tx
queue need_wakeup of 0 and skip issuing a syscall, which means will
never get into the Tx processing again and we have a deadlock."
As a result, packet processing stops. This patch introduces a fix for
this issue, by always setting the need_wakeup flag at the end of an
interrupt processing. This ensures that the deadlock will not happen.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kazimierczak <krzysztof.kazimierczak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Distribute the Tx queues evenly across all queue groups. This will
help the queues to get more equal sharing among the queues when all
are in use.
In the previous algorithm, the next queue group node will be picked up
only after the previous one filled with max children.
For example: if VSI is configured with 9 queues, the first 8 queues
will be assigned to queue group 1 and the 9th queue will be assigned to
queue group 2.
The 2 queue groups split the bandwidth between them equally (50:50).
The first queue group node will share the 50% bandwidth with all of
its children (8 queues). And the second queue group node will share
the entire 50% bandwidth with its only children.
The new algorithm will fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
By default the queues are configured in legacy mode. The default
BW settings for legacy/advanced modes are different. The existing
code was using the advanced mode default value of 1 which was
incorrect. This caused the unbalanced BW sharing among siblings.
The recommended default value is applied.
Signed-off-by: Tarun Singh <tarun.k.singh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Mask bits before accessing the profile type field.
Signed-off-by: Tarun Singh <tarun.k.singh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
If a user sets the value of the TX or RX descriptors to some non-default
value using 'ethtool -G' then we need to not overwrite the values when
we rebuild the VSI. The VSI rebuild could happen as a result of a user
setting the number of queues via the 'ethtool -L' command. Fix this by
checking to see if the value we have stored is non-zero and if it is
then don't change the value.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Return ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST return code if admin command error code is
ICE_AQ_RC_ENOENT (not exist). ice_aq_sw_rules is used when switch
rule is getting added/deleted/updated. In case of delete/update
switch rule, admin command can return ICE_AQ_RC_ENOENT error code
if such rule does not exist, hence return ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST error
code from ice_aq_sw_rule, so that caller of this function can decide
how to handle ICE_ERR_DOES_NOT_EXIST.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
During a PCI FLR the MSI-X Enable flag in the VF PCI MSI-X capability
register will be cleared. This can lead to issues when a VF is
assigned to a VM because in these cases the VF driver receives no
indication of the PF PCI error/reset and additionally it is incapable
of restoring the cleared flag in the hypervisor configuration space
without fully reinitializing the driver interrupt functionality.
Since the VF driver is unable to easily resolve this condition on its own,
restore the VF MSI-X flag during the PF PCI reset handling.
Signed-off-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When the driver experiences a link event (especially link up)
there can be multiple events generated. Some of these are
link fault and still have a state of DOWN set. The problem
happens when the link comes UP during the PF driver handling
one of the LINK DOWN events. The status of the link is updated
and is now seen as UP, so when the actual LINK UP event comes,
the port information has already been updated to be seen as UP,
even though none of the UP activities have been completed.
After the link information has been updated in the link
handler and evaluated for MEDIA PRESENT, if the state
of the link has been changed to UP, treat the DOWN event
as an UP event since the link is now UP.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After a GLOBR, the link was broken so that a link
up situation was being seen as a link down.
The problem was that the rebuild process was updating
the port_info link status without doing any of the
other things that need to be done when link changes.
This was causing the port_info struct to have current
"UP" information so that any further UP interrupts
were skipped as redundant.
The rebuild flow should *not* be updating the port_info
struct link information, so eliminate this and leave
it to the link event handling code.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There is a bug where the LFC settings are not being preserved
through a link event. The registers in question are the ones
that are touched (and restored) when a set_local_mib AQ command
is performed.
On a link-up event, make sure that a set_local_mib is being
performed.
Move the function ice_aq_set_lldp_mib() from the DCB specific
ice_dcb.c to ice_common.c so that the driver always has access
to this AQ command.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for wakeup events at max speed, which is a waste of energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the stmmac driver WOL implementation relies on MAC's PMT
feature. We have a case: the MAC HW doesn't enable PMT, instead, we
rely on the phy to support WOL. Implement the support for this case.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to prepare WOL support with phy. Compared with WOL
implementation which relies on the MAC's PMT features, in phy
supported WOL case, device_may_wakeup() may also be true, but we
should not call mac's pmt() function if HW doesn't enable PMT.
And during resume, we should call phylink_start() if PMT is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If !device_can_wakeup(), there's no need to futher check. And return
-EOPNOTSUPP rather than -EINVAL if !device_can_wakeup().
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove WAKE_MAGIC from supported modes if the HW capability register
shows no support for pmt_magic_frame.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
improve the error message when functions return failure and dump
relevant registers in some exception handling processes
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to handle hw abnormal event such as hardware failure,
cable unplugged,link error
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added unregister_netdev in the driver remove
function. Generally unregister_netdev is called
after disabling all the device interrupts but here
it is called before disabling device mailbox
interrupts. The reason behind this is VF needs
mailbox interrupt to communicate with its PF to
clean up its resources during otx2_stop.
otx2_stop disables packet I/O and queue interrupts
first and by using mailbox interrupt communicates
to PF to free VF resources. Hence this patch
calls unregister_device just before
disabling mailbox interrupts.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver exit cancel the queued
reset_task work in VF driver.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two bugs exist in the code related to reset_task
in PF driver one is the missing protection
against network stack ndo_open and ndo_close.
Other one is the missing cancel_work.
This patch fixes those problems.
Fixes: 4ff7d1488a ("octeontx2-pf: Error handling support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly added pldmfw library to implement device flash update for
the Intel ice networking device driver. This support uses the devlink
flash update interface.
The main parts of the flash include the Option ROM, the netlist module,
and the main NVM data. The PLDM firmware file contains modules for each
of these components.
Using the pldmfw library, the provided firmware file will be scanned for
the three major components, "fw.undi" for the Option ROM, "fw.mgmt" for
the main NVM module containing the primary device firmware, and
"fw.netlist" containing the netlist module.
The flash is separated into two banks, the active bank containing the
running firmware, and the inactive bank which we use for update. Each
module is updated in a staged process. First, the inactive bank is
erased, preparing the device for update. Second, the contents of the
component are copied to the inactive portion of the flash. After all
components are updated, the driver signals the device to switch the
active bank during the next EMP reset (which would usually occur during
the next reboot).
Although the firmware AdminQ interface does report an immediate status
for each command, the NVM erase and NVM write commands receive status
asynchronously. The driver must not continue writing until previous
erase and write commands have finished. The real status of the NVM
commands is returned over the receive AdminQ. Implement a simple
interface that uses a wait queue so that the main update thread can
sleep until the completion status is reported by firmware. For erasing
the inactive banks, this can take quite a while in practice.
To help visualize the process to the devlink application and other
applications based on the devlink netlink interface, status is reported
via the devlink_flash_update_status_notify. While we do report status
after each 4k block when writing, there is no real status we can report
during erasing. We simply must wait for the complete module erasure to
finish.
With this implementation, basic flash update for the ice hardware is
supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a flash update, the pending status of the update can be determined
from the device capabilities.
Read the appropriate device capability and store whether there is
a pending update awaiting a reboot.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add structures, identifiers, and helper functions for several AdminQ
commands related to performing a firmware update for the ice hardware.
These will be used in future code for implementing the devlink
.flash_update handler.
Signed-off-by: Cudzilo, Szymon T <szymon.t.cudzilo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends function parsing response from Discover Device
Capability AQC to check if the device supports unified NVM update flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacek Naczyk <jacek.naczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify mtk_gmac0_rgmii_adjust() so it can always be called.
mtk_gmac0_rgmii_adjust() sets-up the TRGMII clocks.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Signed-off-By: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8ggswACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7yOgf8DjzPtSpVfUA7Iq28WO6YxJy208oUdLjKNuRNr74vXulHegNlP6cFDHU3
QIddvTBNMTp2BpJpoFMbEod7sVTBq5KVQZvpIuFM2JU4h76vL4cYbWeBuT6rFIoJ
m5vuuUyAB+16QbJzagY/rqfQMs0w7KnR+Zhv18JzwyHhBiRLaPzYdmSWM2kkF8HZ
3DrY8RWgkeaI9vTpE6Fau7BRNDUOMgjIahiUrojJuyPsYZpJf5g+KaMj4xvgcqMa
vaPaw8iHN7+N3KIdcf6MJhfzx3SHP5YNieU/MfvE9sLvdPvfLETdpexYPB8b0/vs
L9w2D8j0uZyXek30fIiIwHaibQGZPw==
=W0Fn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2020-07-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 fixes-2020-07-28
This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.
v1->v2:
- Drop the "Hold reference on mirred devices" patch, until Or's
comments are addressed.
- Imporve "Modify uplink state" patch commit message per Or's request.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
For -Stable:
For -stable v4.9
('net/mlx5e: Fix error path of device attach')
For -stable v4.15
('net/mlx5: Verify Hardware supports requested ptp function on a given
pin')
For -stable v5.3
('net/mlx5e: Modify uplink state on interface up/down')
For -stable v5.4
('net/mlx5e: Fix kernel crash when setting vf VLANID on a VF dev')
('net/mlx5: E-switch, Destroy TSAR when fail to enable the mode')
For -stable v5.5
('net/mlx5: E-switch, Destroy TSAR after reload interface')
For -stable v5.7
('net/mlx5: Fix a bug of using ptp channel index as pin index')
====================
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow QSFP-DD transceivers temperature thresholds reading for hardware
monitoring and thermal control.
For this type, the thresholds are located in page 02h according to the
"Module and Lane Thresholds" description from Common Management
Interface Specification.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable Double Density (QSFP-DD) hardware
specification defines a form factor that supports up to 400 Gbps in
aggregate over an 8x50-Gbps electrical interface. The QSFP-DD supports
both optical and copper interfaces.
Implementation is based on Common Management Interface Specification;
Rev 4.0 May 8, 2019. Table 8-2 "Identifier and Status Summary (Lower
Page)" from this spec defines "Id and Status" fields located at offsets
00h - 02h. Bit 2 at offset 02h ("Flat_mem") specifies QSFP EEPROM memory
mode, which could be "upper memory flat" or "paged". Flat memory mode is
coded "1", and indicates that only page 00h is implemented in EEPROM.
Paged memory is coded "0" and indicates that pages 00h, 01h, 02h, 10h
and 11h are implemented. Pages 10h and 11h are currently not supported
by the driver.
"Flat" memory mode is used for the passive copper transceivers. For this
type only page 00h (256 bytes) is available. "Paged" memory is used for
the optical transceivers. For this type pages 00h (256 bytes), 01h (128
bytes) and 02h (128 bytes) are available. Upper page 01h contains static
advertising field, while upper page 02h contains the module-defined
thresholds and lane-specific monitors.
Extend enumerator 'mlxsw_reg_mcia_eeprom_module_info_id' with additional
field 'MLXSW_REG_MCIA_EEPROM_MODULE_INFO_TYPE_ID'. This field is used to
indicate for QSFP-DD transceiver type which memory mode is to be used.
Expose 256 bytes buffer for QSFP-DD passive copper transceiver and
512 bytes buffer for optical.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting the PF interface up/down, notify the firmware to update
uplink state via MODIFY_VPORT_STATE, when E-Switch is enabled.
This behavior will prevent sending traffic out on uplink port when PF is
down, such as sending traffic from a VF interface which is still up.
Currently when calling mlx5e_open/close(), the driver only sends PAOS
command to notify the firmware to set the physical port state to
up/down, however, it is not sufficient. When VF is in "auto" state, it
follows the uplink state, which was not updated on mlx5e_open/close()
before this patch.
When switchdev mode is enabled and uplink representor is first enabled,
set the uplink port state value back to its FW default "AUTO".
Fixes: 63bfd399de ("net/mlx5e: Send PAOS command on interface up/down")
Signed-off-by: Ron Diskin <rondi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In a special configuration, a ConnectX6-Dx pin pps-out might be activated
when driver is loaded. Fix the driver to always read the operational pin
mode when registering it, and advertise it accordingly.
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev is used as first check as part of netdev events
handler for bond device of non-uplink representors, this handler can get
any netdevice under the same network namespace of mlx5e netdevice. Current
code treats the netdev as mlx5e netdev and only later on verifies this,
hence causes the following Kasan trace:
[15402.744990] ==================================================================
[15402.746942] BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.749009] Read of size 8 at addr ffff880391f3f6b0 by task ovs-vswitchd/5347
[15402.752065] CPU: 7 PID: 5347 Comm: ovs-vswitchd Kdump: loaded Tainted: G B O --------- -t - 4.18.0-g3dcc204d291d-dirty #1
[15402.755349] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
[15402.757600] Call Trace:
[15402.758968] dump_stack+0x71/0xab
[15402.760427] print_address_description+0x6a/0x270
[15402.761969] kasan_report+0x179/0x2d0
[15402.763445] ? mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.765121] mlx5e_rep_is_lag_netdev+0xcb/0xf0 [mlx5_core]
[15402.766782] mlx5e_rep_esw_bond_netevent+0x129/0x620 [mlx5_core]
Fix by deferring the violating access to be post the netdev verify check.
Fixes: 7e51891a23 ("net/mlx5e: Use netdev events to set/del egress acl forward-to-vport rule")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix a bug where driver did not verify Hardware pin capabilities for
PTP functions.
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On PTP mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow, driver mistakenly used channel index
as pin index.
After ptp patch marked in fixes tag was introduced, driver can freely
call ptp_find_pin() as part of the .enable() callback.
Fix driver mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow to always use ptp_find_pin(). With
that, Driver will use the correct pin index in mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) flow.
In addition, when initializing the pins, always set channel to zero. As
all pins can be attached to all channels, let ptp_set_pinfunc() to move
them between the channels.
For stable branches, this fix to be applied only on kernels that includes
both patches in fixes tag. Otherwise, mlx5_ptp_enable(on=0) will be stuck
on pincfg_mux.
Fixes: 62582a7ee7 ("ptp: Avoid deadlocks in the programmable pin code.")
Fixes: ee7f12205a ("net/mlx5e: Implement 1PPS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The cited commit add initialization of ethtool steering during
representor rx initializations without cleaning it up in representor
rx cleanup, this may cause for stale ethtool flows to remain after
moving back from switchdev mode to legacy mode.
Fixed by calling ethtool steering cleanup during rep rx cleanup.
Fixes: 6783e8b29f ("net/mlx5e: Init ethtool steering for representors")
Signed-off-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On failure to attach the netdev, fix the rollback by re-setting the
device's state back to MLX5E_STATE_DESTROYING.
Failing to attach doesn't stop statistics polling via .ndo_get_stats64.
In this case, although the device is not attached, it falsely continues
to query the firmware for counters. Setting the device's state back to
MLX5E_STATE_DESTROYING prevents the firmware counters query.
Fixes: 26e59d8077 ("net/mlx5e: Implement mlx5e interface attach/detach callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The steering tree is as follow (nic RX as example):
---------
|root_ns|
---------
|
--------------------------------
| | |
---------- ---------- ---------
|p(prio)0| | p1 | | pn |
---------- ---------- ---------
| |
---------------- ---------------
|ns(e.g bypass)| |ns(e.g. lag) |
---------------- ---------------
| | |
---- ---- ----
|p0| |p1| |pn|
---- ---- ----
|
----
|FT|
----
find_next_chained_ft(prio) returns the first flow table in the next
priority. If prio is a parent of a flow table then it returns the first
flow table in the next priority in the same namespace, else if prio
is parent of namespace, then it should return the first flow table
in the next namespace. Currently if the user requests to forward to
next namespace, the code calls to find_next_chained_ft with the prio
of the next namespace and not the prio of the namesapce itself.
Fixes: 9254f8ed15 ("net/mlx5: Add support in forward to namespace")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch offloads is enabled, TSAR is created before reloading
the interfaces.
However when eswitch offloads mode is disabled, TSAR is disabled before
reloading the interfaces.
To keep the eswitch enable/disable sequence as mirror, destroy TSAR
after reloading the interfaces.
Fixes: 1bd27b11c1 ("net/mlx5: Introduce E-switch QoS management")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When either esw_legacy_enable() or esw_offloads_enable() fails,
code missed to destroy the created TSAR.
Hence, add the missing call to destroy the TSAR.
Fixes: 610090ebce ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Initialize TSAR Qos hardware block before its user vports")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When device is resetting or reset failed, firmware is unable to
handle mailbox. VLAN should not be configured in this case.
Fixes: fe4144d47e ("net: hns3: sync VLAN filter entries when kill VLAN ID failed")
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user had created a FD rule, all the aRFS rules should be clear up.
HNS3 process flow as below:
1.get spin lock of fd_ruls_list
2.clear up all aRFS rules
3.release lock
4.get spin lock of fd_ruls_list
5.creat a rules
6.release lock;
There is a short period of time between step 3 and step 4, which would
creatting some new aRFS FD rules if driver was receiving packet.
So refactor the fd_rule_lock to fix it.
Fixes: 4412288757 ("net: hns3: refine the flow director handle")
Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently hclgevf_update_port_base_vlan_info() may be called when
VF is resetting, which may cause hns3_nic_net_open() being called
twice unexpectedly.
So fix it by adding a reset check for it, and extend critical
region for rntl_lock in hclgevf_update_port_base_vlan_info().
Fixes: 92f11ea177 ("net: hns3: fix set port based VLAN issue for VF")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the queue depth and queue parameters are modified, there is
a low probability that TX timeout occurs. The two operations cause
the link to be down or up when the watchdog is still working. All
queues are stopped when the link is down. After the carrier is on,
all queues are woken up. If the watchdog detects the link between
the carrier on and wakeup queues, a false TX timeout occurs.
So fix this issue by modifying the sequence of carrier on and queue
wakeup, which is symmetrical to the link down action.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The linear and frag data part may be changed when the skb is expanded
or lineared in skb_cow_head() or skb_checksum_help(), which is called
by hns3_fill_skb_desc(), so the linear len return by skb_headlen()
before the calling of hns3_fill_skb_desc() is unreliable.
Move hns3_fill_skb_desc() before the calling of skb_headlen() to fix
this bug.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_entry is able to handle an empty list.
The only effect of avoiding the loop is not initializing the
index variable.
Drop list_empty tests in cases where these variables are not
used.
Note that list_for_each_entry is defined in terms of list_first_entry,
which indicates that it should not be used on an empty list. But in
list_for_each_entry, the element obtained by list_first_entry is not
really accessed, only the address of its list_head field is compared
to the address of the list head, so the list_first_entry is safe.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows (with another
variant for the no brace case): (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
<smpl>
@@
expression x,e;
iterator name list_for_each_entry;
statement S;
identifier i;
@@
-if (!(list_empty(x))) {
list_for_each_entry(i,x,...) S
- }
... when != i
? i = e
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There is no need to print on each unsuccessful matcher
ip_version combination since it probably will happen when
trying to create all the possible combinations.
On a real failure we have a print in the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The concept of Relaxed Ordering in the PCI Express environment allows
switches in the path between the Requester and Completer to reorder some
transactions just received before others that were previously enqueued.
In ETH driver, there is no question of write integrity since each memory
segment is written only once per cycle. In addition, the driver doesn't
access the memory shared with the hardware until the corresponding CQE
arrives indicating all PCI transactions are done.
Running TCP single stream over ConnectX-4 LX, ARM CPU on remote-numa has
300% improvement in the bandwidth.
With relaxed ordering turned off: BW:10 [GB/s]
With relaxed ordering turned on: BW:40 [GB/s]
The driver turns relaxed ordering with respect to the firmware
capabilities and the return value from pcie_relaxed_ordering_enabled().
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use the indirect call wrapper API macros for declaration and scope
of the RX post WQEs functions.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Instead of exposing the RQ datapath handlers (from en_rx.c) so that
they are set in the control path (in en_main.c), wrap this logic
in a single function in en_rx.c and expose it alone.
Every profile will now have a pointer to the new mlx5e_rx_handlers
structure, instead of directly pointing to the previously-exposed
RQ handlers.
This significantly improves locality and modularity of the driver,
and allows many functions in en_rx.c to become static.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently PF and VF representors are exposed as virtual device.
They are not linked to its parent PCI device like how uplink
representor is linked.
Due to this, PF and VF representors cannot benefit of the
systemd defined naming scheme. This requires special handling
by the users.
Hence, link the PF and VF representors to their parent PCI device
similar to existing uplink representor netdevice.
Example:
udevadm output before linking to PCI device:
$ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6
Load module index
Network interface NamePolicy= disabled on kernel command line, ignoring.
Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link
Created link configuration context.
Using default interface naming scheme 'v243'.
ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v243
Unload module index
Unloaded link configuration context.
udevadm output after linking to PCI device:
$ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6
Load module index
Network interface NamePolicy= disabled on kernel command line, ignoring.
Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link
Created link configuration context.
Using default interface naming scheme 'v243'.
ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v243
ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp0s8f0npf0vf0
Unload module index
Unloaded link configuration context.
In past there was little concern over seeing 10,000 lines output
showing up at thread [1] is not applicable as ndo ops for VF
handling is not exposed for all the 100 repesentors for mlx5 devices.
Additionally alternative device naming [2] to overcome shorter device
naming is also part of the latest systemd release v245.
[1] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=152657949117904&w=2
[2] https://lwn.net/Articles/814068/
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently steering table and rx group initialization helper
routines works on the total_vports passed as input parameter.
Both eswitch helpers work on the mlx5_eswitch and thereby have access
to esw->total_vports. Hence use it directly instead of passing it
via function input arguments.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Total e-switch vports are already stored in mlx5_eswitch total_vports.
Avoid copy of it in nvports and reuse existing total_vports calculation.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch is enabled, VFs might not be enabled. Hence, consider
maximum number of VFs.
This further closes the gap between handling VF vports between ECPF and
PF.
Fixes: ea2128fd63 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Reduce dependency on num_vfs during mode set")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add function ID to reclaim pages debug log for better user visibility.
Signed-off-by: Avihu Hagag <avihuh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Per page request event, FW request to allocated or release pages for a
single function. Driver maintains FW pages object per function, so there
is no need to hold one global page data-base. Instead, have a page
data-base per function, which will improve performance release flow in all
cases, especially for "release all pages".
As the range of function IDs is large and not sequential, use xarray to
store a per function ID page data-base, where the function ID is the key.
Upon first allocation of a page to a function ID, create the page
data-base per function. This data-base will be released only at pagealloc
mechanism cleanup.
NIC: ConnectX-4 Lx
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2650 v2 @ 2.60GHz
Test case: 32 VFs, measure release pages on one VF as part of FLR
Before: 0.021 Sec
After: 0.014 Sec
The improvement depends on amount of VFs and memory utilization
by them. Time measurements above were taken from idle system.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-27
This series contains updates to igc driver only.
Sasha cleans up double definitions, unneeded and non applicable
registers, and removes unused fields in structs. Ensures the Receive
Descriptor Minimum Threshold Count is cleared and fixes a static checker
error.
v2: Remove fields from hw_stats in patches that removed their uses.
Reworded patch descriptions for patches 1, 2, and 4.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ef100_reset(), make the MCDI call to do the reset.
Also, do a reset at start-of-day during probe, to put the function in
a clean state.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_GET_CAPABILITIES now has a third word of flags; extend the
efx_has_cap() machinery to cover it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently RX and TX-completion events are unhandled, as neither the RX
nor the TX path has been implemented yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Channels are probed, but actual event handling is still stubbed out.
Stub implementation of check_caps is needed because ptp.c will call into
it from efx_ptp_use_mac_tx_timestamps() to decide if it wants TXQs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We handle everything ourselves in ef100_reset(), rather than relying on
the generic down/up routines.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't actually do the MCDI to probe it fully until we have working
MCDI, which comes later, but we need efx->phy_data to be allocated so
that when we get MCDI events the link-state change handler doesn't
NULL-dereference.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't actually do the efx_mcdi_reset() because we don't have MCDI yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No TX or RX path, no MCDI, not even an ifup/down handler.
Besides stubs, the bulk of the patch deals with reading the Xilinx
extended PCIe capability, which tells us where to find our BAR.
Though in the same module, EF100 has its own struct pci_driver,
which is named sfc_ef100.
A small number of additional nic_type methods are added; those in the
TX (tx_enqueue) and RX (rx_packet) paths are called through indirect
call wrappers to minimise the performance impact.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 adds a few new valid addresses for efx_writed_page(), as well as
a Function Control Window in the BAR whose location is variable.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An MDIO-based n-way restart does not make sense for any of the NICs
supported by this driver, nor for the coming EF100.
Unlike on Falcon (which was already split off into a separate driver),
the PHY on all of Siena, EF10 and EF100 is managed by MC firmware.
While Siena can talk to the PHY over MDIO, doing so for anything other
than debugging purposes (mdio_mii_ioctl) is likely to confuse the
firmware.
(According to the SFC firmware team, this support was originally added
to the Siena driver early in the development of that product, before
it was decided to have firmware manage the PHY.)
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan reports static checker warning:
"The patch 9b6ee3cf95: "qed: sanitize PBL chains allocation" from Jul
23, 2020, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_chain.c:299 qed_chain_alloc_pbl()
error: uninitialized symbol 'pbl_virt'.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_chain.c
249 static int qed_chain_alloc_pbl(struct qed_dev *cdev, struct qed_chain *chain)
250 {
251 struct device *dev = &cdev->pdev->dev;
252 struct addr_tbl_entry *addr_tbl;
253 dma_addr_t phys, pbl_phys;
254 __le64 *pbl_virt;
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
[...]
271 if (chain->b_external_pbl)
272 goto alloc_pages;
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ uninitialized
[...]
298 /* Fill the PBL table with the physical address of the page */
299 pbl_virt[i] = cpu_to_le64(phys);
^^^^^^^^^^^
[...]
"
This issue was introduced with commit c3a321b06a ("qed: simplify
initialization of the chains with an external PBL"), when
chain->pbl_sp.table_virt initialization was moved up to
qed_chain_init_params().
Fix it by initializing pbl_virt with an already filled chain struct field.
Fixes: c3a321b06a ("qed: simplify initialization of the chains with an external PBL")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next hw timestamp should be snapshoot to the read registers
only once the current timestamp has been read.
If none of the pending skbs matches the current HW timestamp
just gracefully flush the available timestamp by reading it.
Signed-off-by: laurent brando <laurent.brando@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to dump PXP registers and PCIe statistics.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can report all the full 64-bit CPU endian software accumulated
counters instead of the hw counters, some of which may be less than
64-bit wide. Define the necessary macros to access the software
counters.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the infrastructure in place, add the new function
bnxt_accumulate_all_stats() to periodically accumulate and check for
counter rollover of all ring stats and port stats.
A chip bug was also discovered that could cause some ring counters to
become 0 during DMA. Workaround by ignoring zeros on the affected
chips.
Some older frimware will reset port counters during ifdown. We need
to check for that and free the accumulated port counters during ifdown
to prevent bogus counter overflow detection during ifup.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If supported by newer firmware, make the firmware call to query all
the port counter masks. If not supported, assume 40-bit port
counter masks.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer firmware has a new call HWRM_FUNC_QSTATS_EXT to retrieve the
masks of all ring counters. Make this call when supported to
initialize the hardware masks of all ring counters. If the call
is not available, assume 48-bit ring counter masks on P5 chips.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of these DMAed hardware counters are not full 64-bit counters and
so we need to accumulate them as they overflow. Allocate copies of these
DMA statistics memory blocks with the same size for accumulation. The
hardware counter widths are also counter specific so we allocate
memory for masks that correspond to each counter.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver manages multiple statistics structures of different sizes.
They are all allocated, freed, and handled practically the same. Define
a new bnxt_stats_mem structure and common allocation and free functions
for all staistics memory blocks.
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port statistics structures have hard coded padding and offset.
Define macros to make this look cleaner.
Reviewed-by: Pavan Chebbi <pavan.chebbi@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main changes are 200G support and fixing the definitions of discard and
error counters to match the hardware definitions.
Because the HWRM_PORT_PHY_QCFG message size has now exceeded the max.
encapsulated response message size of 96 bytes from the PF to the VF,
we now need to cap this message to 96 bytes for forwarding. The forwarded
response only needs to contain the basic link status and speed information
and can be capped without adding the new information.
v2: Fix bnxt_re compile error.
Cc: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove PCIe non-counters display from ethtool statistics, as
they are not simple counters but register dump. The next few
patches will add logic to detect counter roll-over and it won't
work with these PCIe non-counters.
There will be a follow up patch to get PCIe information via
ethtool register dump.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_safe is able to handle an empty list.
The only effect of avoiding the loop is not initializing the
index variable.
Drop list_empty tests in cases where these variables are not
used.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
<smpl>
@@
expression x,e;
iterator name list_for_each_safe;
statement S;
identifier i,j;
@@
-if (!(list_empty(x))) {
list_for_each_safe(i,j,x) S
- }
... when != i
when != j
(
i = e;
|
? j = e;
)
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@inria.fr>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igc/igc_mac.c:424 igc_check_for_copper_link()
error: uninitialized symbol 'link'.
This patch come to fix this warning and initialize the 'link' symbol.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 707abf0695 ("igc: Add initial LTR support")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Remove ictxptc, ictxatc, cbtmpc, cbrdpc, cbrmpc and htcbdpc fields from
the hw_stats structure. Accordance to the i225 device
specification these fields not in use.
This patch come to clean up the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
collision_delta, tx_packet_delta, txcw, adaptive_ifs and
has_fwsm fields not in use.
This patch come to clean up the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
LED control currently not implemented.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
IGC_ICTXPTC and IGC_ICTXATC are already defined elsewhere, remove this
double definition. Also, remove unneeded registers as they are not
applicable to i225 devices.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tx Queue Min Threshold Count register no applicable for the i225 device.
This patch comes to clean up it.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The statistics of this register are being tracked, however, the register
was inadvertently missed when implementing igc_clear_hw_cntrs_base().
The register is clear on read, so add it to the function so that the
register is cleared when requested so the tracked count is accurate.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Though we are populating and tracking ictxqec, the value is not being used
for anything so remove it altogether and save the register read.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Now that BPF program/link management is centralized in generic net_device
code, kernel code never queries program id from drivers, so
XDP_QUERY_PROG/XDP_QUERY_PROG_HW commands are unnecessary.
This patch removes all the implementations of those commands in kernel, along
the xdp_attachment_query().
This patch was compile-tested on allyesconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200722064603.3350758-10-andriin@fb.com
The UDP reuseport conflict was a little bit tricky.
The net-next code, via bpf-next, extracted the reuseport handling
into a helper so that the BPF sk lookup code could invoke it.
At the same time, the logic for reuseport handling of unconnected
sockets changed via commit efc6b6f6c3
which changed the logic to carry on the reuseport result into the
rest of the lookup loop if we do not return immediately.
This requires moving the reuseport_has_conns() logic into the callers.
While we are here, get rid of inline directives as they do not belong
in foo.c files.
The other changes were cases of more straightforward overlapping
modifications.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove casting the values returned by memory allocation function.
Coccinelle emits WARNING:
./drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hix5hd2_gmac.c:1027:9-23: WARNING:
casting value returned by memory allocation function to (struct sg_desc *) is useless.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-23
This series contains updates to ice driver only.
Jake refactors ice_discover_caps() to reduce the number of AdminQ calls
made. Splits ice_parse_caps() to separate functions to update function
and device capabilities separately to allow for updating outside of
initialization.
Akeem adds power management support.
Paul G refactors FC and FEC code to aid in restoring of PHY settings
on media insertion. Implements lenient mode and link override support.
Adds link debug info and formats existing debug info to be more
readable. Adds support to check and report additional autoneg
capabilities. Implements the capability to detect media cage in order to
differentiate AUI types as Direct Attach or backplane.
Bruce implements Total Port Shutdown for devices that support it.
Lev renames low_power_ctrl field to lower_power_ctrl_an to be more
descriptive of the field.
Doug reports AOC types as media type fiber.
Paul S adds code to handle 1G SGMII PHY type.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't a case for 1G SGMII in ice_get_media_type() so add
the handling for it.
Also handle the special case where some direct attach
cables may report that they support 1G SGMII, but
that is erroneous since SGMII is supposed to be a
backplane media type (between a MAC and a PHY). If
the driver doesn't handle this special case then a
user could see the 'Port' in ethtool change from
'Direct attach Copper' to 'Backplane' when they have
forced the speed to 1G, but the cable hasn't changed.
Lastly, change ice_aq_get_phy_caps() to save the
module_type info if the function was called with
ICE_AQC_REPORT_TOPO_CAP. This call uses the media
information to populate the module_type. If no
media is present then the values in module_type
will be 0.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Report AOC types as fiber instead of unknown.
Signed-off-by: Doug Dziggel <douglas.a.dziggel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add AQC get link topology handle support. This is needed to determine
Direct Attach (DA) or backplane media type for PHY types that support
either. Get link topology handle cage node type request can be used to
determine if a cage is present or not. If a cage is present for PHY
types that supports both DA and backplane media type, then the media
type is DA, else the media type is backplane.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Rename the low_power_ctrl field to low_power_ctrl_an to be properly
descriptive of it being an autoneg field.
Signed-off-by: Lev Faerman <lev.faerman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Firmware now reports AN28, AN32, and AN73. Add a helper and check these new
values and report PHY autoneg capability.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add debug logs for ice_aq_get_phy_caps(), and format
ice_aq_set_phy_cfg() and ice_aq_get_link_info() debug logs to make them
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
When the Port Disable bit is set in the Link Default Override Mask TLV PFA
module in the NVM, Total Port Shutdown mode is supported and enabled. In
this mode, the driver should act as if the link-down-on-close ethtool
private flag is always enabled and dis-allow any change to that flag.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Adds functions to check for link override firmware support and get
the override settings for a port. The previously supported/default link
mode was strict mode.
In strict mode link is configured based on get PHY capabilities PHY types
with media.
Lenient mode is now the default link mode. In lenient mode the link is
configured based on get PHY capabilities PHY types without media. This
allows the user to configure link that the media does not report. Limit the
minimum supported link mode to 25G for devices that support 100G, and 1G
for devices that support less than 100G.
Default override is only supported in lenient mode. If default override
is supported and enabled, then default override values are used for
configuring speed and FEC. Default override provide persistent link
settings in the NVM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Evan Swanson <evan.swanson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After the transition from no media to media FW will clear the
set-phy-cfg data set by the user. Save initial PHY settings and any
settings later requested by the user and use that data to restore PHY
settings on media insertion. Since PHY configuration is now being stored,
replace calls that were calling FW to get the configuration with the saved
copy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The call to ice_cfg_phy_fec() requires the caller to perform certain
actions before calling it. Instead of imposing these preconditions move
the operations into the function and perform them ourselves.
Also, fix some style issues in nearby touched code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Create a helper function for configuring requested flow control so that it
can be utilized by other functions looking to configure flow control
settings. Utilize the existing helper ice_copy_phy_caps_to_cfg() to copy a
PHY capability to configuration instead duplicating the code for it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add callbacks needed to support advanced power management for Wake on LAN.
Also make ice_pf_state_is_nominal function available for all configurations
not just CONFIG_PCI_IOV.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Using the new ice_aq_list_caps and ice_parse_(dev|func)_caps functions,
replace ice_discover_caps with two functions that each take a pointer to
the dev_caps and func_caps structures respectively.
This makes the side effect of updating the hw->dev_caps and
hw->func_caps obvious from reading the implementation of the function.
Additionally, it opens the way for enabling reading of device
capabilities outside of the initialization flow. By passing in
a pointer, another caller will be able to read the capabilities without
modifying the HW capabilities structures.
As there are no other callers, it is safe to now remove
ice_aq_discover_caps and ice_parse_caps.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ice_parse_caps function is used to convert the capability block data
coming from firmware into a structured format used by other parts of the
code.
The current implementation directly updates the hw->func_caps and
hw->dev_caps structures. It is directly called from within
ice_aq_discover_caps. This causes the discover_caps function to have the
side effect of modifying the HW capability structures, which is not
intuitive.
Split this function into ice_parse_dev_caps and ice_parse_func_caps.
These functions will take a pointer to the dev_caps and func_caps
respectively. Also create an ice_parse_common_caps for sharing the
capability logic that is common to device and function.
Doing so enables a future refactor to allow reading and parsing
capabilities into a local caps structure instead of modifying the
members of the HW structure directly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
The ice_discover_caps function is used to read the device and function
capabilities, updating the hardware capabilities structures with
relevant data.
The exact number of capabilities returned by the hardware is unknown
ahead of time. The AdminQ command will report the total number of
capabilities in the return buffer.
The current implementation involves requesting capabilities once,
reading this returned size, and then re-requested with that size.
This isn't really necessary. The firmware interface has a maximum size
of ICE_AQ_MAX_BUF_LEN. Firmware can never return more than
ICE_AQ_MAX_BUF_LEN / sizeof(struct ice_aqc_list_caps_elem) capabilities.
Avoid the retry loop by simply allocating a buffer of size
ICE_AQ_MAX_BUF_LEN. This is significantly simpler than retrying. The
extra allocation isn't a big deal, as it will be released after we
finish parsing the capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
In this test, loopback pkt is created and sent on default queue.
The packet goes until the Multi Port Switch (MPS) just before
the MAC and based on the specified channel number, it either
goes outside the wire on one of the physical ports or looped
back to Rx path by MPS. In this case, we're specifying loopback
channel, instead of physical ports, so the packet gets looped
back to Rx path, instead of getting transmitted on the wire.
v3:
- Modify commit message to include test details.
v2:
- Add only loopback self-test.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Kulkarni <vishal@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address insetad of memset().
Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check MC_CMD_DRV_ATTACH_EXT_OUT_FLAG_TRUSTED, before setting
the info, which will hopefully protect us from -EPERM errors
the previous code was gracefully ignoring. Ed reports this
is not the 100% correct bit, but it's the best approximation
we have. Shared code reports the port information back to user
space, so we really want to know what was added and what failed.
Ignoring -EPERM is not an option.
The driver does not call udp_tunnel_get_rx_info(), so its own
management of table state is not really all that problematic,
we can leave it be. This allows the driver to continue with its
copious table syncing, and matching the ports to TX frames,
which it will reportedly do one day.
Leave the feature checking in the callbacks, as the device may
remove the capabilities on reset.
Inline the loop from __efx_ef10_udp_tnl_lookup_port() into
efx_ef10_udp_tnl_has_port(), since it's the only caller now.
With new infra this driver gains port replace - when space frees
up in a full table a new port will be selected for offload.
Plus efx will no longer sleep in an atomic context.
v2:
- amend the commit message about TRUSTED not being 100%
- add TUNNEL_ENCAP_UDP_PORT_ENTRY_INVALID to mark unsed
entries
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-By: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the implementation of uld_send(), the skb is consumed on all
execution paths except one. Release skb when returning NET_XMIT_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Navid Emamdoost <navid.emamdoost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP_REDIRECT case handling and the corresponding NDO to support
redirecting XDP frames. This also includes registering driver memory
model (currently order-0 page mode) in BPF subsystem.
The total number of XDP queues is usually 1:1 with Rx ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current XDP Tx logic is suboptimal and can't be reused for XDP_REDIRECT
path.
Make qede_xdp_{tx_int,xmit}() more universal and effective in general to
allow future expanding.
Misc: use unlikely() hints where appropriate and replace "fallthrough"
comments with pseudo-keywords.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the indentation of net_device_ops declarations for fancier look.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the file more readable and easier for adding new fields.
Misc: use IFNAMSIZ and netdev_name() instead of sizeof_field()
and direct net_device::name dereferencing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend current infrastructure to store chain page size in a struct
and use it in all functions instead of fixed QED_CHAIN_PAGE_SIZE.
Its value remains the default one, but can be overridden in
qed_chain_init_params before chain allocation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To simplify qed_chain_alloc() prototype and call sites, introduce struct
qed_chain_init_params to specify chain params, and pass a pointer to
filled struct to the actual qed_chain_alloc() instead of a long list
of separate arguments.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fill PBL table parameters for chains with an external PBL data earlier on
qed_chain_init_params() rather than on allocation itself. This simplifies
allocation code and allows to extend struct ext_pbl for other chain types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_chain_init*() are used in one file/place on "cold" path only, so they
can be uninlined and moved next to the call sites.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PBL chain elements are actually DMA addresses stored in __le64, but
currently their size is hardcoded to 8, and DMA addresses are assigned
via cast to variable-sized dma_addr_t without any bitwise conversions.
Change the type of pbl_virt array to match the actual one, add a new
field to store the size of allocated DMA memory and sanitize elements
assignment.
Misc: give more logic names to the members of qed_chain::pbl_sp embedded
struct.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zero-initialize chain on qed_chain_free(), so it couldn't be freed
twice and provoke undefined behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move chain allocation/freeing functions to a new file to not mix it with
hardware-related code.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
List one entry per line and sort them alphabetically to simplify the
addition of the new ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes PTP on AQC10X.
PTP support on AQC10X requires FW involvement and FW configures the
TPS data arb mode itself.
So we must make sure driver doesn't touch TPS data arb mode on AQC10x
if PTP is enabled. Otherwise, there are no timestamps even though
packets are flowing.
Fixes: 2deac71ac4 ("net: atlantic: QoS implementation: min_rate")
Signed-off-by: Egor Pomozov <epomozov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when netdev fails to allocate the error return path
fails to free the allocated object 'lid'. Fix this by setting
err to the return error code and jumping to a new label that
performs the kfree of lid before returning.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: 4b03b27349 ("ionic: get MTU from lif identity")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable current_head_index is being initialized with a value that
is never read and it is being updated later with a new value. Replace
the initialization of -1 with the latter assignment.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ENETC ports that register an external MDIO bus,
the bus doesn't get removed on the error bailout path
of enetc_pf_probe().
This issue became much more visible after recent:
commit 07095c025a ("net: enetc: Use DT protocol information to set up the ports")
Before this commit, one could make probing fail on the error
path only by having register_netdev() fail, which is unlikely.
But after this commit, because it moved the enetc_of_phy_get()
call up in the probing sequence, now we can trigger an mdiobus_free()
bug just by forcing enetc_alloc_msix() to return error, i.e. with the
'pci=nomsi' kernel bootarg (since ENETC relies on MSI support to work),
as the calltrace below shows:
kernel BUG at /home/eiz/work/enetc/net/drivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c:648!
Internal error: Oops - BUG: 0 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[...]
Hardware name: LS1028A RDB Board (DT)
pstate: 80000005 (Nzcv daif -PAN -UAO BTYPE=--)
pc : mdiobus_free+0x50/0x58
lr : devm_mdiobus_free+0x14/0x20
[...]
Call trace:
mdiobus_free+0x50/0x58
devm_mdiobus_free+0x14/0x20
release_nodes+0x138/0x228
devres_release_all+0x38/0x60
really_probe+0x1c8/0x368
driver_probe_device+0x5c/0xc0
device_driver_attach+0x74/0x80
__driver_attach+0x8c/0xd8
bus_for_each_dev+0x7c/0xd8
driver_attach+0x24/0x30
bus_add_driver+0x154/0x200
driver_register+0x64/0x120
__pci_register_driver+0x44/0x50
enetc_pf_driver_init+0x24/0x30
do_one_initcall+0x60/0x1c0
kernel_init_freeable+0x1fc/0x274
kernel_init+0x14/0x110
ret_from_fork+0x10/0x34
Fixes: ebfcb23d62 ("enetc: Add ENETC PF level external MDIO support")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enetc_imdio_remove() is missing from the enetc_pf_probe()
bailout path. Not surprisingly because enetc_setup_serdes()
is registering the imdio bus for internal purposes, and it's
not obvious that enetc_imdio_remove() currently performs the
teardown of enetc_setup_serdes().
To fix this, define enetc_teardown_serdes() to wrap
enetc_imdio_remove() (improve code maintenance) and call it
on bailout and remove paths.
Fixes: 975d183ef0 ("net: enetc: Initialize SerDes for SGMII and USXGMII protocols")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove casting the values returned by memory allocation function.
Coccinelle emits WARNING: casting value returned by memory allocation
unction to (struct roce_destroy_qp_req_output_params *) is useless.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VSC7514 is marketed as a 10-port switch, however it has 11 physical
ports (0->10) in the block diagram:
https://www.microsemi.com/product-directory/ethernet-switches/3992-vsc7514
(also in the device tree at arch/mips/boot/dts/mscc/ocelot.dtsi)
Additionally, by architecture it has one more entry in the analyzer
block, situated right after the physical ports, for the CPU port module.
This is not a physical port, it only represents a channel for frame
injection and extraction. That entry for the CPU port is at index 11 in
the analyzer.
When the register groups for QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE, SYS_PORT_MODE and
SYS_PAUSE_CFG are declared to be replicated 11 times, the 11th entry in
the array of regfields is not initialized, so the CPU port module is not
initialized either.
The documentation of QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE for VSC7514 also says that
this register group is replicated 12 times, so this patch is simply
reflecting that and not introducing any further inconsistency.
Fixes: 886e1387c7 ("net: mscc: ocelot: convert QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE and SYS_PORT_MODE to regfields")
Fixes: 541132f096 ("net: mscc: ocelot: convert SYS_PAUSE_CFG register access to regfield")
Reported-by: Bryan Whitehead <bryan.whitehead@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some new interface values and update a few more descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can prevent potential incorrect DMA access attempts from the
NIC by enabling bus-master after the reset, and by disabling
bus-master earlier in cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up our comparison to better handle a potential (but largely
unlikely) wrap around.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the host system's udev fails to set a new name for the
network port, there is no NETDEV_CHANGENAME event to trigger
the driver to send the name down to the firmware. It is safe
to set the lif name multiple times, so we add a call early on
to set the default netdev name to be sure the FW has something
to use in its internal debug logging. Then when udev gets
around to changing it we can update it to the actual name the
system will be using.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change from using hardcoded MTU limits and instead use the
firmware defined limits. The value from the LIF attributes is
the frame size, so we take off the header size to convert to
MTU size.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently drive supports taprio offload which is a tc feature offloaded
to cpsw hardware. So driver has to set the hw feature flag, NETIF_F_HW_TC
in the net device to be compliant. This patch adds the flag.
Fixes: 8127224c27 ("ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-qos: add TAPRIO offload support")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When regmap_update_bits failed in ave_init(), calls of the functions
reset_control_assert() and clk_disable_unprepare() were missed.
Add goto out_reset_assert to do this.
Fixes: 57878f2f46 ("net: ethernet: ave: add support for phy-mode setting of system controller")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
React to TC_SETUP_QDISC_TBF and configure the egress shaper as
appropriate with the maximum rate and burst size requested by the user.
TBF can only be offloaded on DPAA2 when it's the root qdisc, ie it's a
per port shaper.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the necessary API (dpni_set_tx_shaping) for configuring the rate and
burst size of a per port shaper in DPAA2.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the setup done for MQPRIO into a separate function so that
with the addition of another offload we do not crowd
dpaa2_eth_setup_tc(). After this restructuring it's easier to see what
is supported in terms of Qdisc offloading.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For most chip versions this has been added already. Allow also for
RTL8125A to enable ASPM.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was found that qed_pglueb_rbc_attn_handler() can produce a lot of
false-positive error detections on driver load/reload (especially after
crashes/recoveries) and spam the kernel log:
[ 4.958275] [qed_pglueb_rbc_attn_handler:324()]ICPL error - 00d00ff0
[ 2079.146764] [qed_pglueb_rbc_attn_handler:324()]ICPL error - 00d80ff0
[ 2116.374631] [qed_pglueb_rbc_attn_handler:324()]ICPL error - 00d80ff0
[ 2135.250564] [qed_pglueb_rbc_attn_handler:324()]ICPL error - 00d80ff0
[...]
Reduce the logging level of two false-positive prone error messages from
notice to verbose on initialization (only) to not mix it with real error
attentions while debugging.
Fixes: 666db4862f ("qed: Revise load sequence to avoid PCI errors")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the verbosity of the "don't support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously"
warning to debug level to stop flooding on driver/hardware initialization:
[ 4.783230] qede 01:00.00: Storm FW 8.37.7.0, Management FW 8.52.9.0
[MBI 15.10.6] [eth0]
[ 4.810020] [qed_rdma_set_pf_params:2076()]Current day drivers don't
support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously on the same PF. Default to RoCE-only
[ 4.861186] qede 01:00.01: Storm FW 8.37.7.0, Management FW 8.52.9.0
[MBI 15.10.6] [eth1]
[ 4.893311] [qed_rdma_set_pf_params:2076()]Current day drivers don't
support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously on the same PF. Default to RoCE-only
[ 5.181713] qede a1:00.00: Storm FW 8.37.7.0, Management FW 8.52.9.0
[MBI 15.10.6] [eth2]
[ 5.224740] [qed_rdma_set_pf_params:2076()]Current day drivers don't
support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously on the same PF. Default to RoCE-only
[ 5.276449] qede a1:00.01: Storm FW 8.37.7.0, Management FW 8.52.9.0
[MBI 15.10.6] [eth3]
[ 5.318671] [qed_rdma_set_pf_params:2076()]Current day drivers don't
support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously on the same PF. Default to RoCE-only
[ 5.369548] qede a1:00.02: Storm FW 8.37.7.0, Management FW 8.52.9.0
[MBI 15.10.6] [eth4]
[ 5.411645] [qed_rdma_set_pf_params:2076()]Current day drivers don't
support RoCE & iWARP simultaneously on the same PF. Default to RoCE-only
Fixes: e0a8f9de16 ("qed: Add iWARP enablement support")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New devices add a new hardware acceleration engine, which adds some
restrictions to the driver.
Metadata descriptor must be present for each packet and the maximum
burst size between two doorbells is now limited to a number
advertised by the device.
This patch adds:
1. A handshake protocol between the driver and the device, so the
device will enable the accelerated queues only when both sides
support it.
2. The driver support for the new acceleration engine:
2.1. Send metadata descriptor for each Tx packet.
2.2. Limit the number of packets sent between doorbells.(*)
(*) A previous driver implementation of this feature was comitted in
commit 05d62ca218 ("net: ena: add handling of llq max tx burst size")
however the design of the interface between the driver and device
changed since then. This change is reflected in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ENA device resets to recover from some error state, all LLQ
configuration values are reset to their defaults, because LLQ is
initialized only once during ena_probe().
Changes in this commit:
1. Move the LLQ configuration process into ena_init_device()
which is called from both ena_probe() and ena_restore_device(). This
way, LLQ setup configurations that are different from the default
values will survive resets.
2. Extract the LLQ bar mapping to ena_map_llq_bar(),
and call once in the lifetime of the driver from ena_probe(),
since there is no need to unmap and map the LLQ bar again every reset.
3. Map the LLQ bar if it exists, regardless if initialization of LLQ
placement policy (ENA_ADMIN_PLACEMENT_POLICY_DEV) succeeded
or not. Initialization might fail the first time, falling back to the
ENA_ADMIN_PLACEMENT_POLICY_HOST placement policy, but later succeed
after device reset, in which case the LLQ bar needs to be mapped
already.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the rss_configurable_function_key bit to driver_supported_feature.
This bit tells the device that the driver in question supports the
retrieving and updating of RSS function and hash key, and therefore
the device should allow RSS function and key manipulation.
This commit turns on device support for hash key and RSS function
management. Without this commit this feature is turned off at the
device and appears to the user as unsupported.
This commit concludes the following series of already merged commits:
commit 0af3c4e2ea ("net: ena: changes to RSS hash key allocation")
commit c1bd17e51c ("net: ena: change default RSS hash function to Toeplitz")
commit f66c2ea3b1 ("net: ena: allow setting the hash function without changing the key")
commit e9a1de378d ("net: ena: fix error returning in ena_com_get_hash_function()")
commit 80f8443fcd ("net: ena: avoid unnecessary admin command when RSS function set fails")
commit 6a4f7dc82d ("net: ena: rss: do not allocate key when not supported")
commit 0d1c3de7b8 ("net: ena: fix incorrect default RSS key")
The above commits represent the last part of the implementation of
this feature, and with them merged the feature can be enabled
in the device.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for traffic mirroring, where the hardware reads the
buffer from the instance memory directly.
Traffic Mirroring needs access to the rx buffers in the instance.
To have this access, this patch:
1. Changes the code to map and unmap the rx buffers bidirectionally.
2. Enables the relevant bit in driver_supported_features to indicate
to the FW that this driver supports traffic mirroring.
Rx completion is not generated until mirroring is done to avoid
the situation where the driver changes the buffer before it is
mirrored.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the admin statistics in ena_com_stats_admin is changed
from 32bit to 64bit so to align with the sizes of the other statistics
in the driver (i.e. rx_stats, tx_stats and ena_stats_dev).
This is done as part of an effort to create a unified API to read
statistics.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc 4.8 reports a warning when initializing with = {0}.
Dropping the "0" from the braces fixes the issue.
This fix is not ANSI compatible but is allowed by gcc.
Signed-off-by: Sameeh Jubran <sameehj@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a reserved PCI device ID to the driver's table
Used for internal testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For an overview of the race created by this patch goto synchronization
label.
In napi busy-poll mode, the kernel invokes the napi handler of the
device repeatedly to poll the NIC's receive queues. This process
repeats until a timeout, specific for each connection, is up.
By polling packets in busy-poll mode the user may gain lower latency
and higher throughput (since the kernel no longer waits for interrupts
to poll the queues) in expense of CPU usage.
Upon completing a napi routine, the driver checks whether
the routine was called by an interrupt handler. If so, the driver
re-enables interrupts for the device. This is needed since an
interrupt routine invocation disables future invocations until
explicitly re-enabled.
The driver avoids re-enabling the interrupts if they were not disabled
in the first place (e.g. if driver in busy mode).
Originally, the driver checked whether interrupt re-enabling is needed
by reading the 'ena_napi->unmask_interrupt' variable. This atomic
variable was set upon interrupt and cleared after re-enabling it.
In the 4.10 Linux version, the 'napi_complete_done' call was changed
so that it returns 'false' when device should not re-enable
interrupts, and 'true' otherwise. The change includes reading the
"NAPIF_STATE_IN_BUSY_POLL" flag to check if the napi call is in
busy-poll mode, and if so, return 'false'.
The driver was changed to re-enable interrupts according to this
routine's return value.
The Linux community rejected the use of the
'ena_napi->unmaunmask_interrupt' variable to determine whether
unmasking is needed, and urged to use napi_napi_complete_done()
return value solely.
See https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/741149/ for more details
As explained, a busy-poll session exists for a specified timeout
value, after which it exits the busy-poll mode and re-enters it later.
This leads to many invocations of the napi handler where
napi_complete_done() false indicates that interrupts should be
re-enabled.
This creates a bug in which the interrupts are re-enabled
unnecessarily.
To reproduce this bug:
1) echo 50 | sudo tee /proc/sys/net/core/busy_poll
2) echo 50 | sudo tee /proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
3) Add counters that check whether
'ena_unmask_interrupt(tx_ring, rx_ring);'
is called without disabling the interrupts in the first
place (i.e. with calling the interrupt routine
ena_intr_msix_io())
Steps 1+2 enable busy-poll as the default mode for new connections.
The busy poll routine rearms the interrupts after every session by
design, and so we need to add an extra check that the interrupts were
masked in the first place.
synchronization:
This patch introduces a race between the interrupt handler
ena_intr_msix_io() and the napi routine ena_io_poll().
Some macros and instruction were added to prevent this race from leaving
the interrupts masked. The following specifies the different race
scenarios in this patch:
1) interrupt handler and napi routine run sequentially
i) interrupt handler is called, sets 'interrupts_masked' flag and
successfully schedules the napi handler via softirq.
In this scenario the napi routine might not see the flag change
for several reasons:
a) The flag is stored in a register by the compiler. For this
case the WRITE_ONCE macro which prevents this.
b) The compiler might reorder the instruction. For this the
smp_wmb() instruction was used which implies a compiler memory
barrier.
c) On archs with weak consistency model (like ARM64) the napi
routine might be scheduled and start running before the flag
STORE instruction is committed to cache/memory. To ensure this
doesn't happen, the smp_wmb() instruction was added. It ensures
that the flag set instruction is committed before scheduling
napi.
ii) compiler reorders the flag's value check in the 'if' with
the flag set in the napi routine.
This scenario is prevented by smp_rmb() call after the flag check.
2) interrupt handler and napi routine run in parallel (can happen when
busy poll routine invokes the napi handler)
i) interrupt handler sets the flag in one core, while the napi
routine reads it in another core.
This scenario also is divided into two cases:
a) napi_complete_done() doesn't finish running, in which case
napi_sched() would just set NAPIF_STATE_MISSED and the napi
routine would reschedule itself without changing the flag's value.
b) napi_complete_done() finishes running. In this case the
napi routine might override the flag's value.
This doesn't present any rise since it later unmasks the
interrupt vector.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kiyanovski <akiyano@amazon.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Free ILT lines used for XRC-SRQ's contexts.
- Free XRCD bitmap
Fixes: b8204ad878 ("qed: changes to ILT to support XRC")
Fixes: 7bfb399eca ("qed: Add XRC to RoCE")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <mkalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Basson <ybason@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, PF queries the MAC link status per second by calling
function hclge_get_mac_link_status(). It return the error code
when failed to send cmdq command to firmware. It's incorrect,
because this return value is used as the MAC link status, which
0 means link down, and none-zero means link up. So fixes it.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The content of the TX desc is automatically cleared by the HW
when the HW has sent out the packet to the wire. When desc filling
fails in hns3_nic_net_xmit(), it will call hns3_clear_desc() to do
the error handling, which miss zeroing of the TX desc and the
checking if a unmapping is needed.
So add the zeroing and checking in hns3_clear_desc() to avoid the
above problem. Also add DESC_TYPE_UNKNOWN to indicate the info in
desc_cb is not valid, because hns3_nic_reclaim_desc() may treat
the desc_cb->type of zero as packet and add to the sent pkt
statistics accordingly.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With GRO and fraglist support, the SKB can be aggregated to
a total size of 65535, and when that SKB is forwarded through
a bridge, the size of the SKB may be pushed to exceed the size
of 65535 when br_dev_queue_push_xmit() is called.
The max send size of BD supported by the HW is 65535, when a SKB
with a headlen of over 65535 is sent to the driver, the driver
needs to use multi BD to send the linear data, and the send size
of the last BD is calculated incorrectly by the driver who is
using '&' operation, which causes a TX error.
Use '%' operation to fix this problem.
Fixes: 3fe13ed95d ("net: hns3: avoid mult + div op in critical data path")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a big TX buffer is sent using multi BD, the driver maps the
whole TX buffer, and unmaps it using info in desc_cb corresponding
to each BD, but only the info in the desc_cb of first BD is correct,
other info in desc_cb is wrong, which causes TX unmapping problem
when SMMU is on.
Only set the mapping and freeing info in the desc_cb of first BD to
fix this problem, because the TX buffer only need to be unmapped and
freed once.
Fixes: 1e8a7977d09f("net: hns3: add handling for big TX fragment")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huzhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the generic dynamic interrupt moderation (dim)
framework to implement adaptive interrupt coalescing
on Rx. With the per-packet interrupt scheme, a high
interrupt rate has been noted for moderate traffic flows
leading to high CPU utilization. The 'dim' scheme
implemented by the current patch addresses this issue
improving CPU utilization while using minimal coalescing
time thresholds in order to preserve a good latency.
On the Tx side use an optimal time threshold value by
default. This value has been optimized for Tx TCP
streams at a rate of around 85kpps on a 1G link,
at which rate half of the Tx ring size (128) gets filled
in 1500 usecs. Scaling this down to 2.5G links yields
the current value of 600 usecs, which is conservative
and gives good enough results for 1G links too (see
next).
Below are some measurement results for before and after
this patch (and related dependencies) basically, for a
2 ARM Cortex-A72 @1.3Ghz CPUs system (32 KB L1 data cache),
using 60secs log netperf TCP stream tests @ 1Gbit link
(maximum throughput):
1) 1 Rx TCP flow, both Rx and Tx processed by the same NAPI
thread on the same CPU:
CPU utilization int rate (ints/sec)
Before: 50%-60% (over 50%) 92k
After: 13%-22% 3.5k-12k
Comment: Major CPU utilization improvement for a single flow
Rx TCP flow (i.e. netperf -t TCP_MAERTS) on a single
CPU. Usually settles under 16% for longer tests.
2) 4 Rx TCP flows + 4 Tx TCP flows (+ pings to check the latency):
Total CPU utilization Total int rate (ints/sec)
Before: ~80% (spikes to 90%) ~100k
After: 60% (more steady) ~4k
Comment: Important improvement for this load test, while the
ping test outcome does not show any notable
difference compared to before.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable programming of the interrupt coalescing registers
and allow manual configuration of the coalescing time
thresholds via ethtool. Packet thresholds have been fixed
to predetermined values as there's no point in making them
run-time configurable, also anticipating the dynamic interrupt
moderation (DIM) algorithm which uses fixed packet thresholds
as well. If the interface is up when the operation mode of
traffic interrupt events is changed by the user (i.e. switching
from default per-packet interrupts to coalesced interrupts),
the traffic needs to be paused in the process.
This patch also prepares the ground for introducing DIM on Rx.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'struct enetc_bdr' is already '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interrupt coalescing registers naming in the current revision
of the Ref Man (RM) is ICR, deprecating the ICIR name used
in earlier (draft) versions of the RM.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A reliable traffic pause (and reconfiguration) procedure
is needed to be able to safely make h/w configuration
changes during run-time, like changing the mode in which the
interrupts are operating (i.e. with or without coalescing),
as opposed to making on-the-fly register updates that
may be subject to h/w or s/w concurrency issues.
To this end, the code responsible of the run-time device
configurations that basically starts resp. stops the traffic
flow through the device has been extracted from the
the enetc_open/_close procedures, to the separate standalone
enetc_start/_stop procedures. Traffic stop should be as
graceful as possible, it lets the executing napi threads to
to finish while the interrupts stay disabled. But since
the napi thread will try to re-enable interrupts by clearing
the device's unmask register, the enable_irq/ disable_irq
API has been used to avoid this potential concurrency issue
and make the traffic pause procedure more reliable.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's time to differentiate between Rx and Tx ring sizes.
Not only Tx rings are processed differently than Rx rings,
but their default number also differs - i.e. up to 8 Tx rings
per device (8 traffic classes) vs. 2 Rx rings (one per CPU).
So let's set Tx rings sizes to half the size of the Rx rings
for now, to be conservative.
The default ring sizes were decreased as well (to the next
lower power of 2), to reduce the memory footprint, buffering
etc., since the measurements I've made so far show that the
rings are very unlikely to get full.
This change also anticipates the introduction of the
dynamic interrupt moderation (dim) algorithm which operates
on maximum packet thresholds of 256 packets for Rx and 128
packets for Tx.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the report of [1], this driver is possible to cause
the following error in ravb_tx_timeout_work().
ravb e6800000.ethernet ethernet: failed to switch device to config mode
This error means that the hardware could not change the state
from "Operation" to "Configuration" while some tx and/or rx queue
are operating. After that, ravb_config() in ravb_dmac_init() will fail,
and then any descriptors will be not allocaled anymore so that NULL
pointer dereference happens after that on ravb_start_xmit().
To fix the issue, the ravb_tx_timeout_work() should check
the return values of ravb_stop_dma() and ravb_dmac_init().
If ravb_stop_dma() fails, ravb_tx_timeout_work() re-enables TX and RX
and just exits. If ravb_dmac_init() fails, just exits.
[1]
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-renesas-soc/20200518045452.2390-1-dirk.behme@de.bosch.com/
Reported-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the warning: [-Werror=-Wframe-larger-than=]
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-main.c:
In function'VXGE_COMPLETE_VPATH_TX.isra.37':
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-main.c:119:1:
warning: the frame size of 1056 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes
Dropping the NR_SKB_COMPLETED to 16 is appropriate that won't
have much impact on performance and functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bixuan Cui <cuibixuan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ag71xx_mdio_probe() forgets to call clk_disable_unprepare() when
of_reset_control_get_exclusive() failed. Add the missed call to fix it.
Fixes: d51b6ce441 ("net: ethernet: add ag71xx driver")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huang Guobin <huangguobin4@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ionic_wait_on_bit_lock() was a open-coded mutex knock-off
used only for protecting the queue reset operations, and there
was no reason not to use the real thing. We can use the lock
more correctly and to better protect the queue stop and start
operations from cross threading. We can also remove a useless
and expensive bit operation from the Rx path.
This fixes a case found where the link_status_check from a link
flap could run into an MTU change and cause a crash.
Fixes: beead698b1 ("ionic: Add the basic NDO callbacks for netdev support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the RSS hash key is kept across a fw update by not
de-initing it when an update is happening.
Fixes: c672412f61 ("ionic: remove lifs on fw reset")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we replay the rx filters after a fw-upgrade we get new
filter_id values from the FW, which we need to save and update
in our local filter list. This allows us to delete the filters
with the correct filter_id when we're done.
Fixes: 7e4d47596b ("ionic: replay filters after fw upgrade")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add in a couple of forgotten spinlocks and fix up some of
the debug messages around filter management.
Fixes: c1e329ebec ("ionic: Add management of rx filters")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use an offset to write the second half of the regs data into the
second half of the buffer instead of overwriting the first half.
Fixes: 4d03e00a21 ("ionic: Add initial ethtool support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the possibility to obtain MAC temperature via hwmon.
On A1 there are two separate temperature sensors.
On A2 there's only one temperature sensor, which is used for reporting
both MAC and PHY temperature.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ntuple filters on A0.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch syncs up hw_atl_a0.c with an out-of-tree driver, where an
intermediate variable was introduced in a couple of functions to
improve the code readability a bit.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces magic constant ~0U usage with U32_MAX in aq_hw_utils.c
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for 64-bit reads/writes where applicable, e.g.
A2 supports them.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Belous <pbelous@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables ipv6 support for TCP LSO and UDP GSO.
The code itself (aq_nic_map_skb) was ready for this after udp gso feature,
but corresponding NETIF_F_TSO6 wasn't enabled.
We now have tested both tcp and udp v6 GSO, and enabling them safely.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PTP rings statistics. Before that
these were missing from overall stats, hardening debugging
and analysis.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Belous <pbelous@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds additional per-queue stats, these could
be useful for debugging and diagnostics.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds u64_stats_update_* usage to protect access to 64-bit stats,
where necessary.
This is necessary for per-ring stats, because they are updated by the
driver directly, so there is a possibility for a partial read.
Other stats require no additional protection, e.g.:
* all MACSec stats are fetched directly from HW (under semaphore);
* nic/ndev stats (aq_stats_s) are fetched directly from FW (under mutex).
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits rx and tx per-queue stats.
This change simplifies the follow-up introduction of PTP stats and
u64_stats_update_* usage.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes aq_vec_get_sw_stats() to return count as a return
value (which was unused) instead of an out parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces addition assignment operator with a simple assignment
in aq_vec_get_stats() and aq_vec_get_sw_stats(), because it is
sufficient in both cases and this change simplifies the introduction of
u64_stats_update_* in these functions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves FRAC_PER_NS to aq_hw.h so that it can be used in both
hw_atl (A1) and hw_atl2 (A2) in the future.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers using legacy PM have to manage PCI states and device's PM states
themselves. They also need to take care of configuration registers.
With improved and powerful support of generic PM, PCI Core takes care of
above mentioned, device-independent, jobs.
This driver makes use of PCI helper functions like
pci_save/restore_state(), pci_enable/disable_device(),
pci_set_power_state() and pci_set_master() to do required operations. In
generic mode, they are no longer needed.
Change function parameter in both .suspend() and .resume() to
"struct device*" type. Use to_pci_dev() and dev_get_drvdata() to get
"struct pci_dev*" variable and drv data.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add all necessary code (NVM parsing, MFW and Ethtool reports etc.) to
support extended speed and FEC modes.
These new modes are supported by the new boards revisions and newer
MFW versions.
Misc: correct port type for MEDIA_KR.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify and lighten qed_set_link() by declaring static link modes maps
and populating them on module init. This way we save plenty of text size
at the low expense of __ro_after_init and __initconst data (the latter
will be purged after module init is done).
Misc: sanitize exit callback.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These modes are relevant only for several boards, but may be reported by
MFW as well as the others.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These ports ship on new boards revisions and are supported by newer
firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Struct field qed_hw_info::port_mode isn't used anywhere in the code, so
can be safely removed to prevent possible dead code addition.
Also remove the enumeration QED_PORT_MODE orphaned after this deletion.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reformat a few nvm_cfg* structures (and partly qed_dev) prior to adding
new fields and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Ethtool callbacks for querying and setting FEC parameters if it's
supported by the underlying qed module and MFW version running on the
device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to adding new callbacks, format qede ethtool_ops structs to make
declarations more fancy and readable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add all necessary routines for reading supported FEC modes from NVM and
querying FEC control to the MFW (if the running version supports it).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to adding new fields and bitfields, reformat the related
structures according to the Linux style (spaces to tabs,
lowercase hex, indentation etc.).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently qed driver does not take into consideration transceiver's
capabilities when generating link partner's speed advertisement. This
leads to e.g. incorrect ethtool link info on 10GbaseT modules.
Use transceiver info not only for advertisement and support arrays, but
also for link partner's abilities to fix it.
Misc: fix a couple of comments nearby.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the corresponding advertised and supported link modes according
to the detected transceiver type and device capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to adding new bitfields, reformat the existing ones from spaces
to tabs, and unify all hex values to lowercase.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify and lighten qede_set_link_ksettings() by declaring static link
modes maps and populating them on module init. This way we save plenty
of text size at the low expense of __ro_after_init and __initconst data
(the latter will be purged after module init is done).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently qed driver already ran out of 32 bits to store link modes,
and this doesn't allow to add and support more speeds.
Convert custom link mode to generic Ethtool bitmap and definitions
(convenient Phylink shorthands are used for elegance and readability).
This allowed us to drop all conversions/mappings between the driver
and Ethtool.
This involves changes in qede and qedf as well, as they used definitions
from shared "qed_if.h".
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mlxsw_core_trap_register fails in mlxsw_emad_init,
destroy_workqueue() shouled be called to destroy mlxsw_core->emad_wq.
Fixes: d965465b60 ("mlxsw: core: Fix possible deadlock")
Signed-off-by: Liu Jian <liujian56@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dma_coerce_mask_and_coherent() fails, the alloced netdev need to be freed.
Fixes: 060ad66f97 ("dpaa_eth: change DMA device")
Signed-off-by: Liu Jian <liujian56@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable and clk_disable_unprepare already
checked NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are
unnecessary, just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver forgets to call clk_disable_unprepare() in error path after
a success calling for clk_prepare_enable().
Fix to goto err_clk_disable if clk_prepare_enable() is successful.
Fixes: c80d36ff63 ("net: bcmgenet: Use devm_clk_get_optional() to get the clocks")
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle the Wake-on-Lan interrupt for the Cadence MACB Ethernet
controller.
As we do for the GEM version, we handle of WoL interrupt in a
specialized interrupt handler for MACB version that is positionned
just between suspend() and resume() calls.
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapt the Wake-on-Lan feature to the Cadence GEM Ethernet controller.
This controller has different register layout and cannot be handled by
previous code.
We disable completely interrupts on all the queues but the queue 0.
Handling of WoL interrupt is done in another interrupt handler
positioned depending on the controller version used, just between
suspend() and resume() calls.
It allows to lower pressure on the generic interrupt hot path by
removing the need to handle 2 tests for each IRQ: the first figuring out
the controller revision, the second for actually knowing if the WoL bit
is set.
Queue management in suspend()/resume() functions inspired from RFC patch
by Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>, thanks!
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_netdev.c:2193:34: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver forgets to call clk_disable_unprepare() in error path after
a success calling for clk_prepare_enable().
Fix to goto err_clk_disable if clk_prepare_enable() is successful.
Fixes: 99d55638d4 ("net: bcmgenet: enable NETIF_F_HIGHDMA flag")
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to use eth_broadcast_addr() to assign broadcast address
insetad of memset().
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For PPS output (perout period is 1.000000000), accept the new "phase"
parameter from the periodic output request structure.
For both PPS and freeform output, accept the new "on" argument for
specifying the duty cycle of the generated signal. Preserve the old
defaults for this "on" time: 1 us for PPS, and half the period for
freeform output.
Also preserve the old behavior that accepted the "phase" via the "start"
argument.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate rxq->left_size on mvneta_rx_swbm stack since it is used just
in sw bm napi_poll
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove skb pointer in mvneta_rx_queue data structure since it is no
longer used
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release all consumed pages if the eBPF program returns XDP_DROP for XDP
multi-buffers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mvneta_run_xdp routine after all descriptor processing. This is a
preliminary patch to enable multi-buffers and JUMBO frames support for
XDP
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move skb build after all descriptors processing. This is a preliminary
patch to enable multi-buffers and JUMBO frames support for XDP.
Introduce mvneta_xdp_put_buff routine to release all pages used by a
XDP multi-buffer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use DT information rather than in-band information from bootloader to
set up MAC for XGMII. For RGMII use the DT indication in addition to
RGMII defaults in hardware.
However, this implies that PHY connection information needs to be
extracted before netdevice creation, when the ENETC Port MAC is
being configured.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexandru.marginean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ENETC has ethernet MACs capable of SGMII, 2500BaseX and USXGMII. But in
order to use these protocols some SerDes configurations need to be
performed. The SerDes is configurable via an internal PCS PHY which is
connected to an internal MDIO bus at address 0.
This patch basically removes the dependency on bootloader regarding
SerDes initialization.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix wrong reading of upper pages for SFP EEPROM. According to "Memory
Organization" figure in SFF-8472 spec: When reading upper pages 1, 2 and
3 the offset should be set relative to zero and I2C high address 0x51
[1010001X (A2h)] is to be used.
Fixes: a45bfb5a50 ("mlxsw: core: Extend QSFP EEPROM size for ethtool")
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for FW 4.x, which is about to get into the
production for some products.
4.x is mostly compatible with 3.x, save for soft reset, which requires
the acquisition of 2 additional semaphores.
Other differences (e.g. absence of PTP support) are handled via
capabilities.
Note: 4.x targets specific products only. 3.x is still the main firmware
branch, which should be used by most users (at least for now).
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch aligns the return value of hw_atl_utils_ver_match function with
its name.
Change the return type to bool, because it's better aligned with the actual
usage. Return true when the version matches, false otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the removal of an unused variable assignment (remove
unused variable 'pm_csr') the associated register read can also go,
as the read also occurs in the subsequent et1310_in_phy_coma()
call.
Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gcc report warning as follows:
drivers/net/ethernet/agere/et131x.c:953:6: warning:
variable 'pm_csr' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
953 | u32 pm_csr;
| ^~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/agere/et131x.c:1002:6⚠️
variable 'pm_csr' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1002 | u32 pm_csr;
| ^~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/agere/et131x.c:3446:8: warning:
variable 'pm_csr' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
3446 | u32 pm_csr;
| ^~~~~~
After commit 38df6492eb ("et131x: Add PCIe gigabit ethernet driver
et131x to drivers/net"), 'pm_csr' is never used in these functions,
so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gcc report warning as follows:
drivers/net/ethernet/brocade/bna/bfa_ioc.c:1538:6: warning:
variable 't' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1538 | u32 t;
| ^
After commit c107ba171f ("bna: Firmware Patch Simplification"),
't' is never used, so removing it to avoid build warning.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one RGMII check not using the phy_interface_mode_is_rgmii()
helper. This prevents the driver from configuring the MAC properly when
using a phy-mode that is not just rgmii, e.g. rgmii-rxid. This became an
issue on sama5d3 xplained since the ksz9031 driver is hadling phy-mode
properly and the phy-mode has to be set to rgmii-rxid.
Fixes: bcf3440c6d ("net: phy: micrel: add phy-mode support for the KSZ9031 PHY")
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fact that NETIF_F_HW_TC is not set should be a sufficient
indication to the user that TC offloads are not supported.
No need to bother users of older firmware versions with
pointless warnings on every boot.
Also, since the support is optional, bnxt_init_tc() should not
return an error in case FW is old, similarly to how error
is not returned when CONFIG_BNXT_FLOWER_OFFLOAD is not set.
With that we can add an error message to the caller, to warn
about actual unexpected failures.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch disables PTP on AQC111 and AQC112 due to a known HW issue,
which can cause datapath issues.
Ideally PTP block should have been disabled via PHY provisioning, but
unfortunately many units have been shipped with enabled PTP block.
Thus, we have to work around this in the driver.
Fixes: dbcd6806af ("net: aquantia: add support for Phy access")
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes:
1) Fix build break when CONFIG_XPS is not set
2) Fix missing switch_id for representors
Updates:
1) IPsec XFRM RX offloads from Raed and Huy.
- Added IPSec RX steering flow tables to NIC RX
- Refactoring of the existing FPGA IPSec, to add support
for ConnectX IPsec.
- RX data path handling for IPSec traffic
- Synchronize offloading device ESN with xfrm received SN
2) Parav allows E-Switch to siwtch to switchdev mode directly without
the need to go through legacy mode first.
3) From Tariq, Misc updates including:
3.1) indirect calls for RX and XDP handlers
3.2) Make MLX5_EN_TLS non-prompt as it should always be enabled when
TLS and MLX5_EN are selected.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8Q5J0ACgkQSD+KveBX
+j5zhggAm/8ILhtG04BBKeQGay+m4CCg9qK7BrIavU3ta2t+DQdAxE+XmmHl+W2F
DfL5sR0AiV8z8v6OF6Yjrh49Ys6k7LFh6msFP2vyVkUC6t02zRv7WYMlZn44Igqb
Jg8n4Q806y5g2RJRmV/QFz9nOq8jxL/CXxA7eLCMiRSQKHl3LQ3TXbvvLJRY6ab2
aZT9fhi6lJWhe7Rii932oUM+USikmilFgB0tBoSgVQ9fxa+cNTuMb2y/IKHQo5pi
O9OUUKbPgYy3+xah+FCPLMx4izyv8F36XA7z6fGhtsM74pmFvC5e2eWOoqriWeBO
8SL2m2+FSUnuoI6S2wKsBl5dePdezQ==
=p788
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-07-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-07-16
Fixes:
1) Fix build break when CONFIG_XPS is not set
2) Fix missing switch_id for representors
Updates:
1) IPsec XFRM RX offloads from Raed and Huy.
- Added IPSec RX steering flow tables to NIC RX
- Refactoring of the existing FPGA IPSec, to add support
for ConnectX IPsec.
- RX data path handling for IPSec traffic
- Synchronize offloading device ESN with xfrm received SN
2) Parav allows E-Switch to siwtch to switchdev mode directly without
the need to go through legacy mode first.
3) From Tariq, Misc updates including:
3.1) indirect calls for RX and XDP handlers
3.2) Make MLX5_EN_TLS non-prompt as it should always be enabled when
TLS and MLX5_EN are selected.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Hardware Filter Block RAM may not be preserved when the GENET
block is reset during a deep sleep, so it is not sufficient to
only backup and restore the enables.
This commit clears out the HFB block and reprograms the rxnfc
rules when the system resumes from a suspended state. To support
this the bcmgenet_hfb_create_rxnfc_filter() function is modified
to access the register space directly so that it can't fail due
to memory allocation issues.
Fixes: f50932cca6 ("net: bcmgenet: add WAKE_FILTER support")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the GENET driver resumes from deep sleep the UMAC_CMD
register may not be accessible and therefore should not be
accessed from bcmgenet_wol_power_up_cfg() if the GENET has
been reset.
This commit adds a check of the RBUF_ACPI_EN flag when Wake
on Filter is enabled. A clear flag indicates that the GENET
hardware must have been reset so the remainder of the
hardware programming is bypassed.
Fixes: f50932cca6 ("net: bcmgenet: add WAKE_FILTER support")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the GENET driver resumes from deep sleep the UMAC_CMD
register may not be accessible and therefore should not be
accessed from bcmgenet_wol_power_up_cfg() if the GENET has
been reset.
This commit adds a check of the MPD_EN flag when Wake on
Magic Packet is enabled. A clear flag indicates that the
GENET hardware must have been reset so the remainder of the
hardware programming is bypassed.
Fixes: 1a1d5106c1 ("net: bcmgenet: move clk_wol management to bcmgenet_wol")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid a memset after a call to 'dma_alloc_coherent()'.
This is useless since
commit 518a2f1925 ("dma-mapping: zero memory returned from dma_alloc_*")
Replace a kmalloc+memset with a corresponding kzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If try_toggle_control_gpio() failed in smc_drv_probe(), free_netdev(ndev)
should be called to free the ndev created earlier. Otherwise, a memleak
will occur.
Fixes: 7d2911c438 ("net: smc91x: Fix gpios for device tree based booting")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 128 bits ct_label field is matched using a 32 bit hardware register.
As such, only the lower 32 bits of ct_label field are offloaded. Change
this logic to support setting and matching higher bits too.
Map the 128 bits data to a unique 32 bits ID. Matching is done as exact
match of the mapping ID of key & mask.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
UMR WQEs are posted in bulks, and HW is notified once per a bulk.
Reduce the number of completions by requesting such only for
the last WQE of the bulk.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use INDIRECT_CALL_2() helper to avoid the cost of the indirect call
when/if CONFIG_RETPOLINE=y.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use INDIRECT_CALL_2() helper to avoid the cost of the indirect call
when/if CONFIG_RETPOLINE=y.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Synchronize offloading device ESN with xfrm received SN
by updating an existing IPsec HW context with the new SN.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
On receive flow inspect received packets for IPsec offload indication
using the cqe, for IPsec offloaded packets propagate offload status
and stack handle to stack for further processing.
Supported statuses:
- Offload ok.
- Authentication failure.
- Bad trailer indication.
Connect-X IPsec does not use mlx5e_ipsec_handle_rx_cqe.
For RX only offload, we see the BW gain. Below is the iperf3
performance report on two server of 24 cores Intel(R) Xeon(R)
CPU E5-2620 v3 @ 2.40GHz with ConnectX6-DX.
We use one thread per IPsec tunnel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode | Num tunnel | BW | Send CPU util | Recv CPU util
| | (Gbps) | (Average %) | (Average %)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Cryto offload | 1 | 4.6 | 4.2 | 14.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Cryto offload | 24 | 38 | 73 | 63
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-offload | 1 | 4 | 4 | 13
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-offload | 24 | 23 | 52 | 67
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Introduce decrypt FT, the RX error FT and the default rules.
The IPsec RX decrypt flow table is pointed by the TTC
(Traffic Type Classifier) ESP steering rules.
The decrypt flow table has two flow groups. The first flow group
keeps the decrypt steering rule programmed via the "ip xfrm s" interface.
The second flow group has a default rule to forward all non-offloaded
ESP packet to the TTC ESP default RSS TIR.
The RX error flow table is the destination of the decrypt steering rules
in the IPsec RX decrypt flow table. It has a fixed rule with single
copy action that copies ipsec_syndrome to metadata_regB[0:6]. The IPsec
syndrome is used to filter out non-ipsec packet and to return the IPsec
crypto offload status in Rx flow. The destination of RX error flow table
is the TTC ESP default RSS TIR.
All the FTs (decrypt FT and error FT) are created only when IPsec SAs
are added. If there is no IPsec SAs, the FTs are removed.
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This patch adds support for Connect-X IPsec crypto offload
by implementing the IPsec acceleration layer needed routines,
which delegates IPsec offloads to Connect-X routines.
In Connect-X IPsec, a Security Association (SA) is added or deleted
via allocating a HW context of an encryption/decryption key and
a HW context of a matching SA (IPsec object).
The Security Policy (SP) is added or deleted by creating matching Tx/Rx
steering rules whith an action of encryption/decryption respectively,
executed using the previously allocated SA HW context.
When new xfrm state (SA) is added:
- Use a separate crypto key HW context.
- Create a separate IPsec context in HW to inlcude the SA properties:
- aes-gcm salt.
- ICV properties (ICV length, implicit IV).
- on supported devices also update ESN.
- associate the allocated crypto key with this IPsec context.
Introduce a new compilation flag MLX5_IPSEC for it.
Downstream patches will implement the Rx,Tx steering
and will add the update esn.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This to set the base for downstream patches to support
the new IPsec implementation of the Connect-X family.
Following modifications made:
- Remove accel layer dependency from MLX5_FPGA_IPSEC.
- Introduce accel_ipsec_ops, each IPsec device will
have to support these ops.
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently only ECPF allows enabling eswitch when SR-IOV is disabled.
Enable PF also to enable eswitch when SR-IOV is disabled.
Load VF vports when eswitch is already enabled.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
for non ECPF eswitch manager function, vports are already
enabled/disabled when eswitch is enabled/disabled respectively.
Simplify function change handler for such eswitch manager function.
Therefore, ECPF is the only one which remains PF/VF function change
handler.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
TLS runs only over Eth, and the Eth driver is the only user of
the core TLS functionality.
There is no meaning of having the core functionality without the usage
in Eth driver.
Hence, let both TLS core implementations depend on MLX5_CORE_EN,
and select MLX5_EN_TLS.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_accel_sk_get_rxq is only used in ktls_rx.c file which already
depends on XPS to be compiled, move it from the generic en_accel.h
header to be local in ktls_rx.c, to fix the below build break
In file included from
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:49:0:
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/en_accel.h:
In function ‘mlx5e_accel_sk_get_rxq’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/en_accel.h:153:12:
error: implicit declaration of function ‘sk_rx_queue_get’ ...
int rxq = sk_rx_queue_get(sk);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: 1182f36593 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cited commit in fixes tag missed to set the switch id of the PF and VF
ports. Due to this flow cannot be offloaded, a simple command like below
fails to offload with below error.
tc filter add dev ens2f0np0 parent ffff: prio 1 flower \
dst_mac 00:00:00:00:00:00/00:00:00:00:00:00 skip_sw \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens2f0np0pf0vf0
Error: mlx5_core: devices are not on same switch HW, can't offload forwarding.
Hence, fix it by setting switch id for each PF and VF representors port
as before the cited commit.
Fixes: 71ad8d55f8 ("devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Having the users of MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB depend on REGMAP_MMIO was a
bad idea, since that symbol is not user-selectable. So we should have
kept a 'select REGMAP_MMIO'.
When we do that, we run into 2 more problems:
- By depending on GENERIC_PHY, we are causing a recursive dependency.
But it looks like GENERIC_PHY has no other dependencies, and other
drivers select it, so we can select it too:
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on GENERIC_PHY
drivers/phy/Kconfig:8: symbol GENERIC_PHY is selected by PHY_BCM_NS_USB3
drivers/phy/broadcom/Kconfig:41: symbol PHY_BCM_NS_USB3 depends on MDIO_BUS
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:13: symbol MDIO_BUS depends on MDIO_DEVICE
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:6: symbol MDIO_DEVICE is selected by PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
- By depending on PHYLIB, we are causing a recursive dependency. PHYLIB
only has a single dependency, "depends on NETDEVICES", which we are
already depending on, so we can again hack our way into conformance by
turning the PHYLIB dependency into a select.
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
Fixes: f4d0323bae ("net: mscc: ocelot: convert MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH into a library")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using uninitialized_var() is dangerous as it papers over real bugs[1]
(or can in the future), and suppresses unrelated compiler warnings
(e.g. "unused variable"). If the compiler thinks it is uninitialized,
either simply initialize the variable or make compiler changes.
In preparation for removing[2] the[3] macro[4], remove all remaining
needless uses with the following script:
git grep '\buninitialized_var\b' | cut -d: -f1 | sort -u | \
xargs perl -pi -e \
's/\buninitialized_var\(([^\)]+)\)/\1/g;
s:\s*/\* (GCC be quiet|to make compiler happy) \*/$::g;'
drivers/video/fbdev/riva/riva_hw.c was manually tweaked to avoid
pathological white-space.
No outstanding warnings were found building allmodconfig with GCC 9.3.0
for x86_64, i386, arm64, arm, powerpc, powerpc64le, s390x, mips, sparc64,
alpha, and m68k.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20200603174714.192027-1-glider@google.com/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFw+Vbj0i=1TGqCR5vQkCzWJ0QxK6CernOU6eedsudAixw@mail.gmail.com/
[3] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFwgbgqhbp1fkxvRKEpzyR5J8n1vKT1VZdz9knmPuXhOeg@mail.gmail.com/
[4] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CA+55aFz2500WfbKXAx8s67wrm9=yVJu65TpLgN_ybYNv0VEOKA@mail.gmail.com/
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # drivers/infiniband and mlx4/mlx5
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com> # IB
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> # wireless drivers
Reviewed-by: Chao Yu <yuchao0@huawei.com> # erofs
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
No need to use snprintf() on a constant string, nor using magic
constant in the fixed code was a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Code of the form "if(x) x = 0" replaced with "x = 0".
Code of the form "if(x == a) x = a" removed.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Initializing with 0 makes it much easier to identify time stamps from
otherwise uninitialized clock.
Initialization of PTP clock with current kernel time makes little sense as
PTP time scale differs from UTC time scale that kernel time represents.
It only leads to confusion when no actual PTP initialization happens, as
these time scales differ in a small integer number of seconds (37 at the
time of writing.)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PPS feature could be useful even when hardware time stamping
of network packets is not in use, so remove offending check
for this condition from fec_ptp_enable_pps().
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix support for external PTP-aware devices such as DSA or PTP PHY:
Make sure we never time stamp tx packets when hardware time stamping
is disabled.
Check for PTP PHY being in use and then pass ioctls related to time
stamping of Ethernet packets to the PTP PHY rather than handle them
ourselves. In addition, disable our own hardware time stamping in this
case.
Fixes: 6605b730c0 ("FEC: Add time stamping code and a PTP hardware clock")
Signed-off-by: Sergey Organov <sorganov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Enable the creation of rules with allow and count actions.
This enables using counters on egress flow tables.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5_fill_page_frag_array() is used to populate dma addresses to
resources that require it, such as QPs, RQs etc. When the resource is
used, PA list permissions are ignored. For resources that use MTT list,
the user is required to provide the access rights. Subsequent patches
use resources that require MTT lists, so modify API and implementation
to support that.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Offload action police when used with a flower classifier. The number of
dropped packets is read from the policer and reported to tc.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add core functionality required to support police action in the policy
engine.
The utilized hardware policers are stored in a hash table keyed by the
flow action index. This allows to support policer sharing between
multiple ACL rules.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the policy engine, each ACL rule points to an action block where the
ACL actions are stored. Each action block consists of one or more action
sets. Each action set holds one or more individual actions, up to a
maximum queried from the device. For example:
Action set #1 Action set #2
+----------+ +--------------+ +--------------+
| ACL rule +----------> Action #1 | +-----> Action #4 |
+----------+ +--------------+ | +--------------+
| Action #2 | | | Action #5 |
+--------------+ | +--------------+
| Action #3 +------+ | |
+--------------+ +--------------+
<---------+ Action block +----------------->
The hardware has a limitation that prevents a policing action
(MLXSW_AFA_POLCNT_CODE when used with a policer, not a counter) from
being configured in the same action set with a trap action (i.e.,
MLXSW_AFA_TRAP_CODE or MLXSW_AFA_TRAPWU_CODE). Note that the latter used
to implement multiple actions: 'trap', 'mirred', 'drop'.
Work around this limitation by teaching mlxsw_afa_block_append_action()
to create a new action set not only when there is no more room left in
the current set, but also when there is a conflict between previously
mentioned actions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Expose via devlink-resource the maximum number of single-rate policers
and their current occupancy. Example:
$ devlink resource show pci/0000:01:00.0
...
name global_policers size 1000 unit entry dpipe_tables none
resources:
name single_rate_policers size 968 occ 0 unit entry dpipe_tables none
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add common code to handle all policer-related functionality in mlxsw.
Currently, only policer for policy engines are supported, but it in the
future more policer families will be added such as CPU (trap) policers
and storm control policers.
The API allows different modules to add / delete policers and read their
drop counter.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a resource identifier for maximum global policers so that it could
be later used to query the information from firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add policer bandwidth limits for both rate and burst size so that they
could be enforced by a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The fsl_mc_get_endpoint() function can return an error or directly a
NULL pointer in case the peer device is not under the root DPRC
container. Treat this case also, otherwise it would lead to a NULL
pointer when trying to access the peer fsl_mc_device.
Fixes: 7194792308 ("dpaa2-eth: add MAC/PHY support through phylink")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Straightforward conversion to new infra, 1 VxLAN port, handler
may sleep.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Covert to new infra. Looks like this driver was not doing
ref counting, and sleeping in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Straightforward conversion to new infra. Driver restores info
after close/open cycle by calling its internal restore function
so just use that, no need for udp_tunnel_nic_reset_ntf() here.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Carbon copy of the previous change.
This driver is just a super thin FW interface, but Derek let us
know the table has 1024 entries.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is just a super thin FW interface, but Derek let us
know the table has 1024 entries.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, now the refcounting will be correct,
and driver gets port replay of other ports when offloaded
port gets removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, this driver is very simple. The check of
adapter->rawf_cnt in cxgb_udp_tunnel_unset_port() is kept from
the old port deletion function but it's dodgy since nothing ever
updates that member once its set during init. Also .set_port
callback always adds the raw mac filter..
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fairly straightforward conversion - no need to keep track
of the use count, and replay when ports get removed, also
callbacks can just sleep.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the new udp_tunnel_nic infra. Don't clear the features
when VxLAN port is not present to make all drivers behave the same.
Driver will now (until we address the problem in the core) leave
the RX UDP tunnel feature always on, since this is what most drivers
do.
Remove the list of VxLAN ports, just program the one core told us to.
The driver seem to want to clear the VxLAN ports on close but it
doesn't seem to flush the port list properly so it'd get wrong
use counts after close/open. Again since it calls its own open
handler we need the reset notification hack.
v2:
- fix kbuild warning
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looping though the list of ports just check
if the geometry of the packet is correct for VxLAN.
HW most likely doesn't care about the exact port, anyway,
since only first port is actually offloaded, and this way
we won't have to maintain the port list at all.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert be2net to new udp_tunnel_nic infra. NIC only takes one VxLAN
port. Remove the port tracking using a list. The warning in
be_work_del_vxlan_port() looked suspicious - like the driver expected
ports to be removed in order of addition.
be2net unregisters ports when going down and re-registers them (for
skyhawk) when coming up, but it never checks if the device is up
in the add_port / del_port callbacks. Make it use
UDP_TUNNEL_NIC_INFO_OPEN_ONLY. Sadly this driver calls its own
open/close functions directly so the udp_tunnel_nic_reset_ntf()
workaround is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP conversion is pretty straightforward. We want to be able
to sleep, and only get callbacks when the device is open.
NFP did not ask for port replay when ports were removed, now
new infra will provide this feature for free.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is likely firmware causing this but its starting to annoy customers.
Change the message level to verbose to prevent the spam.
Note that this seems to only show up with ISCSI enabled on the HBA via the
qedi driver.
Signed-off-by: Laurence Oberman <loberman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTL8125B rev.b. In my tests 2.5Gbps worked well
w/o firmware, however for a stable link at 1Gbps firmware revision
0.0.2 is needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx listener abstraction allows the switch driver (e.g.,
mlxsw_spectrum) to register a function that is called when a packet is
received (trapped) for a specific reason.
Up until now, the Rx listener lookup was solely based on the trap
identifier. However, when a packet is mirrored to the CPU the trap
identifier merely indicates that the packet was mirrored, but not why it
was mirrored. This makes it impossible for the switch driver to register
different Rx listeners for different mirror reasons.
Solve this by allowing the switch driver to register a Rx listener with
a mirror reason and by extending the Rx listener lookup to take the
mirror reason into account.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the mirror reason is valid, retrieve it into the Rx information
so that it could be used during listener lookup in a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Completion Queue Element version 2 (CQEv2) includes a field called
'mirror_reason' which indicates why the packet was mirrored to the CPU.
Add the field so that it can be used by a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets that are mirrored to the CPU port are trapped with one of eight
trap identifiers. Add them.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The trap identifier was increased to 10 bits in new versions of the
Programmer's Reference Manual (PRM).
Increase it accordingly in the Host PacKet Trap (HPKT) register and in
the Completion Queue Element (CQE).
This is significant for subsequent patches that will introduce trap
identifiers which utilize the extended range.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirroring packets to the CPU port the mirrored packets are trapped
to the CPU. However, unlike other traps, it is not possible to set a
policer on the associated trap group. Instead, the policer needs to be
set on the SPAN agent.
Moreover, the policer ID must be within a specified range: From a
configurable (even) base ID to this base plus the maximum number of SPAN
agents.
While the immediate use case is to set the policer on a SPAN agent that
mirrors to the CPU port, a policer can be set on any SPAN agent.
Therefore, the operation is implemented for all SPAN agent types.
Extend the SPAN agent request API to allow passing the desired policer
ID that should be bound to the SPAN agent. Return an error for
Spectrum-1, as it does not support policer setting on a SPAN agent.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the only parameter of a SPAN agent is the netdev which
the SPAN agent should mirror to.
The next patch will add the ability to request a SPAN agent that mirrors
to a specific netdev and has a specific policer ID bound to it. This is
required when mirroring packets to the CPU port.
Therefore, encapsulate the sole parameter to mlxsw_sp_span_agent_get()
in a structure, so that it could later be extended with policer
information.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Spectrum-2 and Spectrum-3 ASICs are able to mirror packets towards
the CPU. These packets are then trapped like any other packet, but with
a special packet trap and additional metadata such as why the packet was
mirrored.
The ability to mirror packets towards the CPU will be utilized by a
subsequent patch set that will mirror packets that were dropped by the
ASIC for various buffer-related reasons, such as tail-drop and
early-drop.
Add mirroring towards the CPU as a new SPAN agent type and re-use the
functions that mirror to a physical port where possible.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the destination netdev to which we mirror must be a valid
netdev. However, this is going to change with the introduction of
mirroring towards the CPU port, as the CPU port does not have a backing
netdev.
Avoid dereferencing the destination netdev when it is not clear if it is
valid or not.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parms_set() callback is supposed to fill in the parameters for the
SPAN agent, such as the destination port and encapsulation info, if any.
When mirroring to the CPU port we cannot resolve the destination port
(the CPU port) without access to the driver private info.
Pass the driver private info to parms_set() callback so that it could be
used later on to resolve the CPU port.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The various SPAN agent types differ in their mirror targets (i.e.,
physical port netdev vs. VLAN netdev) and the encapsulation headers that
they need to encapsulate the mirrored packets with.
The Spectrum-2 and Spectrum-3 ASICs support a SPAN agent type that is
able to mirror towards the CPU, whereas the Spectrum-1 ASIC does not.
Prepare for the addition of this new SPAN agent type by splitting the
SPAN agent operations to be per-ASIC.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting mirroring_pid_base using MOGCR register.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting session_id and pid as part of port analyzer
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is no valid MAC address in the device tree,
use a random MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_wm_encode function deals with setting thresholds for pause
frame start and stop. In Ocelot and Felix the register layout is the
same, but for Seville, it isn't. The easiest way to accommodate Seville
hardware configuration is to introduce a function pointer for setting
this up.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seville has a different bitwise layout than Ocelot and Felix.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ocelot switches do not support flow control on Ethernet interfaces
where a DSA tag must be added. If pause frames are enabled, they will be
encapsulated in the DSA tag just like regular frames, and the DSA master
will not recognize them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't want ocelot_port_set_maxlen to enable pause frame TX, just to
adjust the pause thresholds.
Move the unconditional enabling of pause TX to ocelot_init_port. There
is no good place to put such setting because it shouldn't be
unconditional. But at the moment it is, we're not changing that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently Felix and Ocelot share the same bit layout in these per-port
registers, but Seville does not. So we need reg_fields for that.
Actually since these are per-port registers, we need to also specify the
number of ports, and register size per port, and use the regmap API for
multiple ports.
There's a more subtle point to be made about the other 2 register
fields:
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_SCH_NEXT_CFG
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_INGRESS_DROP_MODE
which we are not writing any longer, for 2 reasons:
- Using the previous API (ocelot_write_rix), we were only writing 1 for
Felix and Ocelot, which was their hardware-default value, and which
there wasn't any intention in changing.
- In the case of SCH_NEXT_CFG, in fact Seville does not have this
register field at all, and therefore, if we want to have common code
we would be required to not write to it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the register definitions for the MSCC MIIM MDIO controller in
preparation for seville_vsc9959.c to create its accessors for the
internal MDIO bus.
Since we've introduced elements to ocelot_regfields that are not
instantiated by felix and ocelot, we need to define the size of the
regfields arrays explicitly, otherwise ocelot_regfields_init, which
iterates up to REGFIELD_MAX, will fault on the undefined regfield
entries (if we're lucky).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the moment, there are some minimal register differences between
VSC7514 Ocelot and VSC9959 Felix. To be precise, the PCS1G registers are
missing from Felix because it was integrated with an NXP PCS.
But with VSC9953 Seville (not yet introduced), the register differences
are more pronounced. The MAC registers are located at different offsets
within the DEV_GMII target. So we need to refactor the driver to keep a
regmap even for per-port registers. The callers of the ocelot_port_readl
and ocelot_port_writel were kept unchanged, only the implementation is
now more generic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED qevents early_drop and mark can be offloaded under the following
fairly strict conditions:
- At most one filter is configured at the qevent block
- The protocol is "any"
- The classifier is matchall
- The action is trap, sample, or mirror with the same conditions as
with other SPAN offloads
- The hw_counters type is none
In this patchset, implement offload of mirror for early_drop qevent.
The ECN trigger is currently not implemented in the FW and therefore
the mark qevent is not supported.
The qevent notifications look exactly like regular block binding
notifications with a binder type that identifies them as qevents.
Therefore the details of processing this binding are fairly similar
to the matchall offload.
struct flow_block_offload.sch points at the qdisc in question. Use it to
figure out if the qdisc is offloaded at all and what TC it configures.
Bounce bindings on not-offloaded qdiscs.
Individual bindings are kept in a list so that several qevents can share
the same block and all binding points get configured as the configured
filters change.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two RED qevents have been introduced recently. From the point of view of a
driver, qevents are simply blocks with unusual binder types. However they
need to be handled by different logic than ACL-like flows.
Thus rename mlxsw_sp_setup_tc_block() to mlxsw_sp_setup_tc_block_clsact()
and move the binder-type dispatch from there to spectrum.c into a new
function of the original name. The new dispatcher is easier to extend with
new binder types.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A following patch introduces offloading of filters attached to blocks bound
to the RED tail_drop qevent. The only classifier that mlxsw will permit in
this role is matchall. mlxsw currently offloads matchall filters used with
clsact qdisc. The data structures used for that offload will come handy for
the qevent offload as well. Publish them in spectrum.h.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field "dev" in struct mlxsw_sp_flow_block_binding is not used. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No clean-up is performed at the target label of this goto. Convert it to a
direct return.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the binding of global mirroring triggers to a SPAN agent is
global, packets are only mirrored if they belong to a port and TC on
which the trigger was enabled. This allows, for example, to mirror
packets that were tail-dropped on a specific netdev.
Implement the operations that allow to enable / disable a global
mirroring trigger on a specific port and TC.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global mirroring triggers are triggers that are only keyed by their
trigger, as opposed to per-port triggers, which are keyed by their
trigger and port.
Such triggers allow mirroring packets that were tail/early dropped or
ECN marked to a SPAN agent.
Implement the previously added trigger operations for these global
triggers. Since such triggers are only supported from Spectrum-2
onwards, have the Spectrum-1 operations return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a SPAN agent can only be bound to a per-port trigger where
the trigger is either an incoming packet (INGRESS) or an outgoing packet
(EGRESS) to / from the port.
The subsequent patch will introduce the concept of global mirroring
triggers. The binding / unbinding of global triggers is different than
that of per-port triggers. Such triggers also need to be enabled /
disabled on a per-{port, TC} basis and are only supported from
Spectrum-2 onwards.
Add trigger operations that allow us to abstract these differences. Only
implement the operations for per-port triggers. Next patch will
implement the operations for global triggers.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per-ASIC SPAN operations are relevant to the SPAN module and
therefore should be implemented there and not in the main driver file.
Move them.
These operations will be extended later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used for global port analyzer configurations.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used to configure the mirror enable for different
mirror reasons.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, shared blocks were only relevant for the pseudo-qdiscs ingress
and clsact. Recently, a qevent facility was introduced, which allows to
bind blocks to well-defined slots of a qdisc instance. RED in particular
got two qevents: early_drop and mark. Drivers that wish to offload these
blocks will be sent the usual notification, and need to know which qdisc it
is related to.
To that end, extend flow_block_offload with a "sch" pointer, and initialize
as appropriate. This prompts changes in the indirect block facility, which
now tracks the scheduler in addition to the netdevice. Update signatures of
several functions similarly.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current completion ring sizing formula is wrong with TPA enabled.
The formula assumes that the number of TPA completions are bound by the
RX ring size, but that's not true. TPA_START completions are immediately
recycled so they are not bound by the RX ring size. We must add
bp->max_tpa to the worst case maximum RX and TPA completions.
The completion ring can overflow because of this mistake. This will
cause hardware to disable the completion ring when this happens,
leading to RX and TX traffic to stall on that ring. This issue is
generally exposed only when the RX ring size is set very small.
Fix the formula by adding bp->max_tpa to the number of RX completions
if TPA is enabled.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.");
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a shared port PHY configuration, async event is received when any of the
port modifies the configuration. Ethtool link settings should be
initialised after updated PHY configuration from firmware.
Fixes: b1613e78e9 ("bnxt_en: Add async. event logic for PHY configuration changes.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was modified to not rely on rtnl lock to protect link
settings about 2 years ago. The pause setting was missed when
making that change. Fix it by acquiring link_lock mutex before
calling bnxt_hwrm_set_pause().
Fixes: e2dc9b6e38 ("bnxt_en: Don't use rtnl lock to protect link change logic in workqueue.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FEC allocates 2K buffers, but looses some of it due to
alignment. It can however support an MTU bigger than the default. This
is particularly interesting when used in combination with Ethernet
switches supporting DSA, which have extra headers. The DSA core will
try to increase the MTU to support these extra headers. If the max
size defaults to that of standard Ethernet we get a warning. By
setting the max to what the driver actually supports, we avoid this
warning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case devlink reload failed, it is possible to trigger a
use-after-free when querying the kernel for device info via 'devlink dev
info' [1].
This happens because as part of the reload error path the PCI command
interface is de-initialized and its mailboxes are freed. When the
devlink '->info_get()' callback is invoked the device is queried via the
command interface and the freed mailboxes are accessed.
Fix this by initializing the command interface once during probe and not
during every reload.
This is consistent with the other bus used by mlxsw (i.e., 'mlxsw_i2c')
and also allows user space to query the running firmware version (for
example) from the device after a failed reload.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in memcpy include/linux/string.h:406 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in mlxsw_pci_cmd_exec+0x177/0xa60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/pci.c:1675
Write of size 4096 at addr ffff88810ae32000 by task syz-executor.1/2355
CPU: 1 PID: 2355 Comm: syz-executor.1 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #29
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0xf6/0x16e lib/dump_stack.c:118
print_address_description.constprop.0+0x1c/0x250 mm/kasan/report.c:383
__kasan_report mm/kasan/report.c:513 [inline]
kasan_report.cold+0x1f/0x37 mm/kasan/report.c:530
check_memory_region_inline mm/kasan/generic.c:186 [inline]
check_memory_region+0x14e/0x1b0 mm/kasan/generic.c:192
memcpy+0x39/0x60 mm/kasan/common.c:106
memcpy include/linux/string.h:406 [inline]
mlxsw_pci_cmd_exec+0x177/0xa60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/pci.c:1675
mlxsw_cmd_exec+0x249/0x550 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:2335
mlxsw_cmd_access_reg drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/cmd.h:859 [inline]
mlxsw_core_reg_access_cmd drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1938 [inline]
mlxsw_core_reg_access+0x2f6/0x540 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1985
mlxsw_reg_query drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:2000 [inline]
mlxsw_devlink_info_get+0x17f/0x6e0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/core.c:1090
devlink_nl_info_fill.constprop.0+0x13c/0x2d0 net/core/devlink.c:4588
devlink_nl_cmd_info_get_dumpit+0x246/0x460 net/core/devlink.c:4648
genl_lock_dumpit+0x85/0xc0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:575
netlink_dump+0x515/0xe50 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2245
__netlink_dump_start+0x53d/0x830 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2353
genl_family_rcv_msg_dumpit.isra.0+0x296/0x300 net/netlink/genetlink.c:638
genl_family_rcv_msg net/netlink/genetlink.c:733 [inline]
genl_rcv_msg+0x78d/0x9d0 net/netlink/genetlink.c:753
netlink_rcv_skb+0x152/0x440 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2469
genl_rcv+0x24/0x40 net/netlink/genetlink.c:764
netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1303 [inline]
netlink_unicast+0x53a/0x750 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1329
netlink_sendmsg+0x850/0xd90 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1918
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:652 [inline]
sock_sendmsg+0x150/0x190 net/socket.c:672
____sys_sendmsg+0x6d8/0x840 net/socket.c:2363
___sys_sendmsg+0xff/0x170 net/socket.c:2417
__sys_sendmsg+0xe5/0x1b0 net/socket.c:2450
do_syscall_64+0x56/0xa0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:359
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
Fixes: a9c8336f65 ("mlxsw: core: Add support for devlink info command")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not trigger a warning when a memory allocation fails. Remove
the WARN_ON().
The warning is constantly triggered by syzkaller when it is injecting
faults:
[ 2230.758664] FAULT_INJECTION: forcing a failure.
[ 2230.758664] name failslab, interval 1, probability 0, space 0, times 0
[ 2230.762329] CPU: 3 PID: 1407 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #28
...
[ 2230.898175] WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 1407 at drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:6265 mlxsw_sp_router_fib_event+0xfad/0x13e0
[ 2230.898179] Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
[ 2230.898183] CPU: 3 PID: 1407 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.8.0-rc2+ #28
[ 2230.898190] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.12.1-0-ga5cab58e9a3f-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014
Fixes: 3057224e01 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement FIB offload in deferred work")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize new devlink-health port reporters API to move rx and tx
reporters from device to port.
Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register devlink ports upon NIC init. TX and RX health reporters handle
errors which may occur early on at driver initialization. And because
these reporters are to be moved to port context, they require devlink
ports to be already registered.
Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to pm_runtime_force_suspend/resume() functions are only
relevant if the device is not configured to act as a WoL wakeup source.
Add the device_may_wakeup() test before calling them.
Fixes: 3e2a5e1539 ("net: macb: add wake-on-lan support via magic packet")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Sergio Prado <sergio.prado@e-labworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we now use the phylink call to phylink_stop() in the non-WoL path,
there is no need for this call to netif_carrier_off() anymore. It can
disturb the underlying phylink FSM.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep previous function goals and integrate phylink actions to them.
phylink_ethtool_get_wol() is not enough to figure out if Ethernet driver
supports Wake-on-Lan.
Initialization of "supported" and "wolopts" members is done in phylink
function, no need to keep them in calling function.
phylink_ethtool_set_wol() return value is considered and determines
if the MAC has to handle WoL or not. The case where the PHY doesn't
implement WoL leads to the MAC configuring it to provide this feature.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the way the "magic-packet" DT property is handled in the
macb_probe() function, matching DT binding documentation.
Now we mark the device as "wakeup capable" instead of calling the
device_init_wakeup() function that would enable the wakeup source.
For Ethernet WoL, enabling the wakeup_source is done by
using ethtool and associated macb_set_wol() function that
already calls device_set_wakeup_enable() for this purpose.
That would reduce power consumption by cutting more clocks if
"magic-packet" property is set but WoL is not configured by ethtool.
Fixes: 3e2a5e1539 ("net: macb: add wake-on-lan support via magic packet")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Cc: Sergio Prado <sergio.prado@e-labworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the proper struct device pointer to check if the wakeup flag
and wakeup source are positioned.
Use the one passed by function call which is equivalent to
&bp->dev->dev.parent.
It's preventing the trigger of a spurious interrupt in case the
Wake-on-Lan feature is used.
Fixes: d54f89af6c ("net: macb: Add pm runtime support")
Cc: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Cc: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 connection tracking offloads updates:
1) Restore CT state from lookup in zone instead of tupleid
On a miss, Use this zone + 5 tuple taken from the skb, to lookup the CT
entry and restore it, instead of the driver allocated tuple id.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context to maintain the tupleid.
2) Re-use modify header HW objects for identical modify actions.
3) Expand tunnel register mappings
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Before this patchset, 24 bit were allocated
for the tuple_id, 6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel
options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
4) Trivial cleanup and fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl8H16UACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7yTwf/eza7ftn9Jq1f6yyTM9qQZ64oC0cboDZQ3EyJtY++frWzo4bNbHFbQ26Y
EDjRGqG0Hiby95dgTrGtRzf9PQuDwWfdNavLKyV1D//cPeTDYpHkwKVF4sozfd5Q
g1RB6rySvYfx8BKALaJBclYlRoiVevLoIEfuMSrmstR1/tBCvmMLiB0p1VsLIS0+
XBDEezO4rqDyNJwuznMYIX44w8Xa4IzIb9/YwEubMPs52WjktXAmTPTChcO8cu/9
4VLsTkFKUDlm3TDXg99Lpk8L+0dfo7dUcHsqaoXMs5eER6kw8bjK/f7muSSIiIcd
Nnba/UaU+FYzA4EF98xQD0bFQJNrmQ==
=NMLY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2020-07-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2020-07-09
This series provides updates to mlx5 CT (connection tracking) offloads
For more information please see tag log below.
Please pull and let me know if there is any problem.
The following conflict is expected when net is merged into net-next:
to resolve just use the hunks from net-next.
<<<<<<< HEAD (net-next)
mlx5_tc_ct_del_ft_entry(ct_priv, entry);
kfree(entry);
======= (net)
mlx5_tc_ct_entry_del_rules(ct_priv, entry);
kfree(entry);
>>>>>>> b1a7d5bdfe54c98eca46e2c997d4e3b1484a49af
mlx5 connection tracking offloads updates:
1) Restore CT state from lookup in zone instead of tupleid
On a miss, Use this zone + 5 tuple taken from the skb, to lookup the CT
entry and restore it, instead of the driver allocated tuple id.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context to maintain the tupleid.
2) Re-use modify header HW objects for identical modify actions.
3) Expand tunnel register mappings
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Before this patchset, 24 bit were allocated
for the tuple_id, 6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel
options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
4) Trivial cleanup and fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, make use of the ability to sleep in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to new infra, taking advantage of sleeping in callbacks.
v2:
- use bp->*_fw_dst_port_id != INVALID_HW_RING_ID as indication
that the offload is active.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of new common udp_tunnel_nic infra. ixgbe supports
IPv4 only, and only single VxLAN and Geneve ports (one each).
v2:
- split out the RXCSUM feature handling to separate change;
- declare structs separately;
- use ti.type instead of assuming table 0 is VxLAN;
- move setting netdev->udp_tunnel_nic_info to its own switch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears the clearing of UDP tunnel ports when RXCSUM
is disabled is unnecessary. Driver will not pay attention
to checksum bits if RXCSUM is not set, so we can let
the hardware parse the packets.
Note that the UDP tunnel port NDO handlers don't pay attention
to the state of RXCSUM, so the ports could had been re-programmed,
anyway.
This cleanup simplifies later conversion patch.
v2:
- break this out of the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this commit, on ft flush, ft entries were not removed
from the ct_tuple hashtables. Fix it.
Fixes: ac991b48d4 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Offload established flows")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
"flow" parameter is not used in __mlx5_tc_ct_flow_offload_clear(),
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Instead of having to deal with converting between int and ERR_PTR for
return values in mlx5_tc_ct_flow_offload(), make the internal helper
functions return a ptr to mlx5_flow_handle instead of passing it as
output param, this will also avoid gcc confusion and false alarms,
thus we remove the redundant ERR_PTR rule initialization.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reg_c1 is 32 bits wide. Originally, 24 bit were allocated for the tuple_id,
6 bits for tunnel mapping and 2 bits for tunnel options mappings.
Restoring the ct state from zone lookup instead of tuple id requires
reg_c1 to store 8 bits mapping the ct zone, leaving 24 bits for tunnel
mappings.
Expand tunnel and tunnel options register mappings to 12 bit each.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use a single byte mapping for zone restore register (zone matching
remains 16 bit).
This makes room for using the freed 8 bits on register C1 for
mapping more tunnels and tunnel options.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After removing the tupleid register which changed per tuple,
tuple modify headers set the ct_state, zone, mark, and label registers.
For non-natted tuples going through the same tc rules path, their values
will be the same, and all their modify headers will be the same.
Re-use tuple modify header when possible, by adding each new modify
header to an hahstable, and looking up identical ones before creating
a new one.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Refactor sharing of mod headers to new file and while there,
remove spin lock and flows list, as this is only used for warn on.
Use the generic API in the next patch to re-use tuple modify headers
for identical modify actions,
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove tupleid, and replace it with zone_restore, which is the zone an
established tuple sets after match. On miss, Use this zone + tuple
taken from the skb, to lookup the ct entry and restore it.
This improves flow insertion rate by avoiding the allocation of a header
rewrite context.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Next patches will remove the tupleid registers that is used
to restore the ct state on miss, and instead use the tuple on
the missed packet to lookup which state to restore.
Disable tuple rewrites after connection tracking.
For tuple rewrites, inject a ct_state=-trk match so it won't
change the tuple for established flows (+trk) that passed connection
tracking, and instead miss to software.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The next patch will pass the mlx5e_priv struct to the
modify_header_match_supported method. Use this opportunity to refactor
the existing pr_info call to a netdev_info call.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With ct clear we don't jump to the ct tables, so header rewrite
of 5-tuple can be done in place (and not moved to after the CT action).
Check for ct clear action, and if so, allow 5-tuple header
rewrite.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Save original tuple and natted tuple in two new hashtables.
This is a pre-step for restoring ct state after hw miss by performing a
5-tuple lookup on the hash tables.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When eswitch is unsupported, currently -EPERM error code is returned
instead of -EOPNOTSUPP.
Due to this VF device's devlink virtual port is not enumerated because
port_function_get() callback returned -EPERM instead of -EOPNOTSUPP.
Hence, return the error code -EOPNOTSUPP when eswitch is unsupported.
Fixes: bd93975353 ("net/mlx5: E-switch, Introduce and use eswitch support check helper")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
CT entries are deleted via a workqueue from netfilter. If removing the
module before that, the rules are cleaned by the driver itself, but the
memory entries for them are not freed. Fix that.
Fixes: ac991b48d4 ("net/mlx5e: CT: Offload established flows")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Device unit for port buffers size, xoff_threshold and xon_threshold is
cells. Fix a bug in driver where cell unit size was hard-coded to
128 bytes. This hard-coded value is buggy, as it is wrong for some hardware
versions.
Driver to read cell size from SBCAM register and translate bytes to cell
units accordingly.
In order to fix the bug, this patch exposes SBCAM (Shared buffer
capabilities mask) layout and defines.
If SBCAM.cap_cell_size is valid, use it for all bytes to cells
calculations. If not valid, fallback to 128.
Cell size do not change on the fly per device. Instead of issuing SBCAM
access reg command every time such translation is needed, cache it in
mlx5e_dcbx as part of mlx5e_dcbnl_initialize(). Pass dcbx.port_buff_cell_sz
as a param to every function that needs bytes to cells translation.
While fixing the bug, move MLX5E_BUFFER_CELL_SHIFT macro to
en_dcbnl.c, as it is only used by that file.
Fixes: 0696d60853 ("net/mlx5e: Receive buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Some released FW versions mistakenly don't set the capability that 50G
per lane link-modes are supported for VFs (ptys_extended_ethernet
capability bit). When the capability is unset, read
PTYS.ext_eth_proto_capability (always reliable).
If PTYS.ext_eth_proto_capability is valid (has a non-zero value)
conclude that the HCA supports 50G per lane. Otherwise, conclude that
the HCA doesn't support 50G per lane.
Fixes: a08b4ed137 ("net/mlx5: Add support to ext_* fields introduced in Port Type and Speed register")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When detaching netdev, remove vxlan port configuration using
udp_tunnel_drop_rx_info. During function reload, configuration will be
restored using udp_tunnel_get_rx_info. This ensures sync between
firmware and driver. Use udp_tunnel_get_rx_info even if its physical
interface is down.
Fixes: 4383cfcc65 ("net/mlx5: Add devlink reload")
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In mlx5e_configure_flower() flow pointer is protected by rcu read lock.
However, after cited commit the pointer is being used outside of rcu read
block. Extend the block to protect all pointer accesses.
Fixes: 553f932838 ("net/mlx5e: Support tc block sharing for representors")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix eeprom SFP query support by setting i2c_addr, offset and page number
correctly. Unlike QSFP modules, SFP eeprom params are as follow:
- i2c_addr is 0x50 for offset 0 - 255 and 0x51 for offset 256 - 511.
- Page number is always zero.
- Page offset is always relative to zero.
As part of eeprom query, query the module ID (SFP / QSFP*) via helper
function to set the params accordingly.
In addition, change mlx5_qsfp_eeprom_page() input type to be u16 to avoid
unnecessary casting.
Fixes: a708fb7b1f ("net/mlx5e: ethtool, Add support for EEPROM high pages query")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, all the input checks are done in driver.
After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to
devlink.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port.
Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before
registering the port.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, port attributes like flavour, port number and whether the port
was split are set when initializing a port.
Set the split ability of the port as well, based on port_mapping->width
field and split attribute of devlink port in spectrum, so that it could be
easily passed to devlink in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new devlink port attribute that indicates the port's number of lanes.
Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before
registering the port.
The attribute is not passed to user space in case the number of lanes is
invalid (0).
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, port attributes like flavour, port number and whether the
port was split are set when initializing a port.
Set the number of lanes of the port as well so that it could be easily
passed to devlink in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters,
that most of them are devlink port's attributes.
Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the u16 skb->vlan_tci is being right shifted twice by
VLAN_PRIO_SHIFT, once in the macro skb_vlan_tag_get_pri and explicitly
by VLAN_PRIO_SHIFT afterwards. The combined shift amount is larger than
the u16 so the end result is always zero. Remove the second explicit
shift as this is extraneous.
Fixes: 6e9fdb60d3 ("net: systemport: Add support for VLAN transmit acceleration")
Addresses-Coverity: ("Operands don't affect result")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to use eth_broadcast_addr() to assign broadcast address
insetad of memset().
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NVM config file address will be modified when the MBI image is upgraded.
Driver would return stale config values if user reads the nvm-config
(via ethtool -d) in this state. The fix is to re-populate nvm attribute
info while reading the nvm config values/partition.
Changes from previous version:
-------------------------------
v3: Corrected the formatting in 'Fixes' tag.
v2: Added 'Fixes' tag.
Fixes: 1ac4329a1c ("qed: Add configuration information to register dump and debug data")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all-mask IP address to Big Endian, instead, for comparison.
Fixes: f286dd8eaa ("cxgb4: use correct type for all-mask IP address comparison")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes new link modes using 100Gbps per lane, including 100G,
200G and 400G modes.
Signed-off-by: Meir Lichtinger <meirl@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bare-metal use cases require giving firmware and the embedded
application processor control over VLAN offloads. The driver should
not attempt to override or utilize this feature in such scenarios
since it will not work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware VLAN offload feature on our NIC does not have separate
knobs for handling customer and service tags on RX. Either offloading
of both must be enabled or both must be disabled. Introduce definitions
for the combined feature set in order to clean up the code and make
this constraint more clear. Technically these features can be separately
enabled on TX, however, since the default is to turn both on, the
combined TX feature set is also introduced for code consistency.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the new infrastructure in place, we can now support the setting of
the indirection table from ethtool.
When changing channels, in a rare case that firmware cannot reserve the
rings that were promised, we will still try to keep the RSS map and only
revert to default when absolutely necessary.
v4: Revert RSS map to default during ring change only when absolutely
necessary.
v3: Add warning messages when firmware cannot reserve the requested RX
rings, and when the RSS table entries have to change to default.
v2: When changing channels, if the RSS table size changes and RSS map
is non-default, return error.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the logical indirection table, we can return these
proper logical indices directly to ethtool -x instead of the physical
IDs.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the logical table, we can fill the HW RSS table
using the logical table's entries and converting them to the HW
specific format. Re-initialize the logical table to standard
distribution if the number of RX rings changes during ring reservation.
v4: Use bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() to get the RSS table size.
v2: Use ALIGN() to roundup the RSS table size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some chips, this varies based on the number of RX rings. Add this
helper function and refactor the existing code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently does not keep track of the logical RSS indirection
table. The hardware RSS table is set up with standard default ring
distribution when initializing the chip. This makes it difficult to
support user sepcified indirection table entries. As a first step, add
the logical table in the main bnxt structure and allocate it according
to chip specific table size. Add a function that sets up default
RSS distribution based on the number of RX rings.
v4: Use bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() for the current RSS table size.
v2: Use kmalloc_array() since we init. all entries afterwards.
Use ALIGN() to roundup the RSS table size.
Use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() to init. the default entries.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up bnxt_get_rxfh_indir_size() to return the proper current RSS
table size for P5 chips. Change it to non-static so that bnxt.c
can use it to get the table size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we allocate one page for the hardware DMA RSS indirection
table. While the size is currently big enough for all chips, future
chip variations may support bigger sizes, so it is better to calculate
and store the chip specific size and allocate accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes ip dst and ipv6 address filters.
There were 2 mistakes in the code, which led to the issue:
* invalid register was used for ipv4 dst address;
* incorrect write order of dwords for ipv6 addresses.
Fixes: 23e7a718a4 ("net: aquantia: add rx-flow filter definitions")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dbogdanov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If neither `\bgnu\.org/license`, nor `\bmozilla\.org/MPL\b`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The queue reset pattern is used in a couple different places,
only slightly different from each other, and could cause
issues if one gets changed and the other didn't. This puts
them together so that only one version is needed, yet each
can have slighty different effects by passing in a pointer
to a work function to do whatever configuration twiddling is
needed in the middle of the reset.
This specifically addresses issues seen where under loops
of changing ring size or queue count parameters we could
occasionally bump into the netdev watchdog.
v2: added more commit message commentary
Fixes: 4d03e00a21 ("ionic: Add initial ethtool support")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationale:
Reduces attack surface on kernel devs opening the links for MITM
as HTTPS traffic is much harder to manipulate.
Deterministic algorithm:
For each file:
If not .svg:
For each line:
If doesn't contain `\bxmlns\b`:
For each link, `\bhttp://[^# \t\r\n]*(?:\w|/)`:
If both the HTTP and HTTPS versions
return 200 OK and serve the same content:
Replace HTTP with HTTPS.
Signed-off-by: Alexander A. Klimov <grandmaster@al2klimov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When generating debug dump, driver firstly collects all data in binary
form, and then performs per-feature formatting to human-readable if it
is supported.
For ethtool -d, this is roughly incorrect for two reasons. First of all,
drivers should always provide only original raw dumps to Ethtool without
any changes.
The second, and more critical, is that Ethtool's output buffer size is
strictly determined by ethtool_ops::get_regs_len(), and all data *must*
fit in it. The current version of driver always returns the size of raw
data, but the size of the formatted buffer exceeds it in most cases.
This leads to out-of-bound writes and memory corruption.
Address both issues by adding an option to return original, non-formatted
debug data, and using it for Ethtool case.
v2:
- Expand commit message to make it more clear;
- No functional changes.
Fixes: c965db4446 ("qed: Add support for debug data collection")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are spelling mistakes in various literal strings. Fix these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rwlock.h should not be included directly. Instead linux/splinlock.h
should be included. Including it directly will break the RT build.
Fixes: 549c243e4e ("net/mlx5e: Extract neigh-specific code from en_rep.c to rep/neigh.c")
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the ISR, we poll the event register for the queues in need of
service and then enter polled mode. After this point, the event
register will never be read again until we exit polled mode.
In a scenario where a UDP flow is routed back out through the same
interface, i.e. "router-on-a-stick" we'll typically only see an rx
queue event initially. Once we start to process the incoming flow
we'll be locked polled mode, but we'll never clean the tx rings since
that event is never caught.
Eventually the netdev watchdog will trip, causing all buffers to be
dropped and then the process starts over again.
Rework the NAPI poll to keep trying to consome the entire budget as
long as new events are coming in, making sure to service all rx/tx
queues, in priority order, on each pass.
Fixes: 4d494cdc92 ("net: fec: change data structure to support multiqueue")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clang static analysis flags this garbage return
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.c:208:2: warning: Undefined or garbage value returned to caller [core.uninitialized.UndefReturn]
return v;
^~~~~~~~
static inline u16 gm_phy_read( ...
{
u16 v;
__gm_phy_read(hw, port, reg, &v);
return v;
}
__gm_phy_read can return without setting v.
So handle similar to skge.c's gm_phy_read, initialize v.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves. This driver was
handling them with the help of PCI helper functions.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method struct pci_error_handlers.error_detected() is defined and
documented as taking an 'enum pci_channel_state' for the second argument,
but most drivers use 'pci_channel_state_t' instead.
This 'pci_channel_state_t' is not a typedef for the enum but a typedef for
a bitwise type in order to have better/stricter typechecking.
Consolidate everything by using 'pci_channel_state_t' in the method's
definition, in the related helpers and in the drivers.
Enforce use of 'pci_channel_state_t' by replacing 'enum pci_channel_state'
with an anonymous 'enum'.
Note: Currently, from a typechecking point of view this patch changes
nothing because only the constants defined by the enum are bitwise, not the
enum itself (sparse doesn't have the notion of 'bitwise enum'). This may
change in some not too far future, hence the patch.
[bhelgaas: squash in
https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-3-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.comhttps://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-4-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200702162651.49526-2-luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
priv->page_pool is an array, so comparing against it will always return true.
Do a meaningful check by checking priv->page_pool[0] instead.
While at it, clear the page_pool pointers on deallocation, or when an
allocation error happens during init.
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Fixes: c2d6fe6163 ("mvpp2: XDP TX support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, gcc report
the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/sun/cassini.c:5206:12: warning:
'cas_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
5206 | static int cas_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~
Mark cas_resume() as __maybe_unused to make it clear.
Fixes: f193f4ebde ("sun/cassini: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The upgraded .suspend() and .resume() throw
"defined but not used [-Wunused-function]" warning for certain
configurations.
Mark them with "__maybe_unused" attribute.
Compile-tested only.
Fixes: b0db0cc2f6 ("sun/niu: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ensure that the octeon MDIO driver has been loaded, the Cavium
ethernet drivers reference a dummy symbol in the MDIO driver. This
forces it to be loaded first. And this symbol has not been cleanly
implemented, resulting in warnings when build W=1 C=1.
Since device tree is being used, and a phandle points to the PHY on
the MDIO bus, we can make use of deferred probing. If the PHY fails to
connect, it should be because the MDIO bus driver has not loaded
yet. Return -EPROBE_DEFER so it will be tried again later.
Additionally, add a MODULE_SOFTDEP() to give user space a hint as to
what order it should load the modules.
v2:
s/octoen/octeon/
Add MODULE_SOFTDEP()
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Cc: Robert Richter <rrichter@marvell.com>
Cc: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYSTEMPORT is capable of performing VLAN transmit acceleration, support
that by configuring it appropriately, providing the VLAN ID and PCP/DEI
where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow Dissector's keys are mostly Network / Big Endian. U{16,32}_MAX are
the same in either of byteorders, but let's make sparse happy with
wrapping them into noops.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the function arguments was renamed some time ago, but this
wasn't reflected in its kernel-doc comment.
Also add the description for return values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code assumes that both host and device operates in Little Endian
in lots of places. While this is true for x86 platform, this doesn't mean
we should not care about this.
This commit addresses all parts of the code that were pointed out by sparse
checker. All operations with restricted (__be*/__le*) types are now
protected with explicit from/to CPU conversions, even if they're noops on
common setups.
I'm sure there are more such places, but this implies a deeper code
investigation, and is a subject for future works.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use intermediate pointers instead of multiple dereferencing to
simplify and beautify parts of code that will be addressed in
the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To not mix functional and stylistic changes, correct indentation
of code that will be modified in the subsequent commits.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the kernel-doc warnings when building with W=1+ by
rewriting the problematic doc comments according to the
recommended format and style.
Note that this only fixes problems found in C source files,
headers aren't in scope for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prototype of qed_hw_err_notify() with the following:
* constify "fmt" argument according to printk() declarations;
* anontate it with __cold attribute to move the function out of
the line;
* annotate it with __printf() attribute;
This eliminates W=1+ warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hw.c: In function
‘qed_hw_err_notify’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hw.c:851:3: warning: function
‘qed_hw_err_notify’ might be a candidate for ‘gnu_printf’ format
attribute [-Wsuggest-attribute=format]
len = vsnprintf(buf, QED_HW_ERR_MAX_STR_SIZE, fmt, vl);
^~~
as well as saves some code size:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 2/4 up/down: 40/-125 (-85)
Function old new delta
qed_dmae_execute_command 1680 1711 +31
qed_spq_post 1104 1113 +9
qed_int_sp_dpc 3554 3545 -9
qed_mcp_cmd_and_union 1896 1876 -20
qed_hw_err_notify 395 352 -43
qed_mcp_handle_events 2630 2577 -53
Total: Before=368645, After=368560, chg -0.02%
__printf() will also be helpful with catching bad format strings
and arguments.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix several sparse warnings by moving structs declarations into
the corresponding header files:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:2402:32: warning:
symbol 'qed_dcbnl_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:2754:26: warning: symbol
'qed_ll2_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ptp.c:449:30: warning: symbol
'qed_ptp_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:5265:29: warning:
symbol 'qed_iov_ops_pass' was not declared. Should it be static?
(some of them were declared twice in different header files)
Also make qed_hw_err_type_descr[] const while at it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static variables (and functions, unless they're inline) should not
be declared in header files.
Move the static array iro_arr[] from "qed_hsi.h" to the sole place
where it's used, "qed_init_ops.c". This eliminates lots of warnings
(42 of them actually) against W=1+:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed.h:51:0,
from drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:40:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_hsi.h:4421:18: warning: 'iro_arr'
defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
static const u32 iro_arr[] = {
^~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On link down, the draining of the S/G cache should be done on all
_possible_ CPUs not just the ones that are online in that moment.
Fix this by changing the iterator.
Fixes: d70446ee1f ("dpaa2-eth: send a scatter-gather FD instead of realloc-ing")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable 'err = -ENODEV;' in au1000_probe() is
duplicate, so remove redundant one. And remove the
extra blank lines in the file au1000_eth.c
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Bin <tangbin@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable promisc mode of PF, set VF link state to enable, and
run iperf of the VF, then do self test of the PF. The self test
will fail with a low frequency, and may cause a use-after-free
problem.
[ 87.142126] selftest:000004a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
[ 87.159722] ==================================================================
[ 87.174187] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in hex_dump_to_buffer+0x140/0x608
[ 87.187600] Read of size 1 at addr ffff003b22828000 by task ethtool/1186
[ 87.201012]
[ 87.203978] CPU: 7 PID: 1186 Comm: ethtool Not tainted 5.5.0-rc4-gfd51c473-dirty #4
[ 87.219306] Hardware name: Huawei TaiShan 2280 V2/BC82AMDA, BIOS TA BIOS 2280-A CS V2.B160.01 01/15/2020
[ 87.238292] Call trace:
[ 87.243173] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x280
[ 87.250491] show_stack+0x24/0x30
[ 87.257114] dump_stack+0xe8/0x140
[ 87.263911] print_address_description.isra.8+0x70/0x380
[ 87.274538] __kasan_report+0x12c/0x230
[ 87.282203] kasan_report+0xc/0x18
[ 87.288999] __asan_load1+0x60/0x68
[ 87.295969] hex_dump_to_buffer+0x140/0x608
[ 87.304332] print_hex_dump+0x140/0x1e0
[ 87.312000] hns3_lb_check_skb_data+0x168/0x170
[ 87.321060] hns3_clean_rx_ring+0xa94/0xfe0
[ 87.329422] hns3_self_test+0x708/0x8c0
The length of packet sent by the selftest process is only
128 + 14 bytes, and the min buffer size of a BD is 256 bytes,
and the receive process will make sure the packet sent by
the selftest process is in the linear part, so only check
the linear part in hns3_lb_check_skb_data().
So fix this use-after-free by using skb_headlen() to dump
skb->data instead of skb->len.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unloading driver, if flag HNS3_NIC_STATE_INITED has been
already cleared, the debugfs will not be uninitialized, so fix it.
Fixes: b2292360bb ("net: hns3: Add debugfs framework registration")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When asserts VF reset fail, flag HCLGEVF_STATE_CMD_DISABLE
and handshake status should not set, otherwise the retry will
fail. So adds a check for asserting VF reset and returns
directly when fails.
Fixes: ef5f8e507e ("net: hns3: stop handling command queue while resetting VF")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is a PF reset pending before FLR prepare, FLR's
preparatory work will not fail, but the FLR rebuild procedure
will fail for this pending. So this PF reset pending should
be handled in the FLR preparatory.
Fixes: 8627bdedc4 ("net: hns3: refactor the precedure of PF FLR")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was calling pci_save/restore_state() which is no more needed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
gem_suspend() calls gem_do_stop() which in turn invokes
pci_disable_device(). As the PCI helper function is not called at the
end/start of the function body, breaking the function in two parts
may change its behavior.
The only other function invoking gem_do_stop() is gem_close(). Hence,
gem_close() and gem_suspend() can do the required end steps on their own.
The same case is with gem_resume(). Both gem_resume() and gem_open()
invoke gem_do_start(). Again, make the caller functions do the required
steps on their own.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rmnet can have only two bridge interface.
One of them is a link interface and another one is added by
the master operation.
rmnet interface shouldn't allow adding additional
bridge interfaces by mater operation.
But, there is no code to deny additional interfaces.
So, interface leak occurs.
Test commands:
ip link add dummy0 type dummy
ip link add dummy1 type dummy
ip link add dummy2 type dummy
ip link add rmnet0 link dummy0 type rmnet mux_id 1
ip link set dummy1 master rmnet0
ip link set dummy2 master rmnet0
ip link del rmnet0
In the above test command, the dummy0 was attached to rmnet as VND mode.
Then, dummy1 was attached to rmnet0 as BRIDGE mode.
At this point, dummy0 mode is switched from VND to BRIDGE automatically.
Then, dummy2 is attached to rmnet as BRIDGE mode.
At this point, rmnet0 should deny this operation.
But, rmnet0 doesn't deny this.
So that below splat occurs when the rmnet0 interface is deleted.
Splat looks like:
[ 186.684787][ C2] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1009 at net/core/dev.c:8992 rollback_registered_many+0x986/0xcf0
[ 186.684788][ C2] Modules linked in: rmnet dummy openvswitch nsh nf_conncount nf_nat nf_conntrack nf_defrag_x
[ 186.684805][ C2] CPU: 2 PID: 1009 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.8.0-rc1+ #621
[ 186.684807][ C2] Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006
[ 186.684808][ C2] RIP: 0010:rollback_registered_many+0x986/0xcf0
[ 186.684811][ C2] Code: 41 8b 4e cc 45 31 c0 31 d2 4c 89 ee 48 89 df e8 e0 47 ff ff 85 c0 0f 84 cd fc ff ff 5
[ 186.684812][ C2] RSP: 0018:ffff8880cd9472e0 EFLAGS: 00010287
[ 186.684815][ C2] RAX: ffff8880cc56da58 RBX: ffff8880ab21c000 RCX: ffffffff9329d323
[ 186.684816][ C2] RDX: 1ffffffff2be6410 RSI: 0000000000000008 RDI: ffffffff95f32080
[ 186.684818][ C2] RBP: dffffc0000000000 R08: fffffbfff2be6411 R09: fffffbfff2be6411
[ 186.684819][ C2] R10: ffffffff95f32087 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff8880cd947480
[ 186.684820][ C2] R13: ffff8880ab21c0b8 R14: ffff8880cd947400 R15: ffff8880cdf10640
[ 186.684822][ C2] FS: 00007f00843890c0(0000) GS:ffff8880d4e00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 186.684823][ C2] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 186.684825][ C2] CR2: 000055b8ab1077b8 CR3: 00000000ab612006 CR4: 00000000000606e0
[ 186.684826][ C2] Call Trace:
[ 186.684827][ C2] ? lockdep_hardirqs_on_prepare+0x379/0x540
[ 186.684829][ C2] ? netif_set_real_num_tx_queues+0x780/0x780
[ 186.684830][ C2] ? rmnet_unregister_real_device+0x56/0x90 [rmnet]
[ 186.684831][ C2] ? __kasan_slab_free+0x126/0x150
[ 186.684832][ C2] ? kfree+0xdc/0x320
[ 186.684834][ C2] ? rmnet_unregister_real_device+0x56/0x90 [rmnet]
[ 186.684835][ C2] unregister_netdevice_many.part.135+0x13/0x1b0
[ 186.684836][ C2] rtnl_delete_link+0xbc/0x100
[ ... ]
[ 238.440071][ T1009] unregister_netdevice: waiting for rmnet0 to become free. Usage count = 1
Fixes: 037f9cdf72 ("net: rmnet: use upper/lower device infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and taking care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
.suspend() calls __qlcnic_shutdown, which then calls qlcnic_82xx_shutdown;
.resume() calls __qlcnic_resume, which then calls qlcnic_82xx_resume;
Both ...82xx..() are define in
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_hw.c and are used only in
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c.
Hence upgrade them and remove PCI function calls, like pci_save_state() and
pci_enable_wake(), inside them
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
netxen_nic_resume() calls netxen_nic_attach_func() which then invokes PCI
helper functions like pci_enable_device(), pci_set_power_state() and
pci_restore_state(). Other function:
- netxen_io_slot_reset()
also calls netxen_nic_attach_func().
Also, netxen_io_slot_reset() returns specific value based on the return value
of netxen_nic_attach_func() as whole. Thus, cannot simply move some piece of
code from netxen_nic_attach_func() to it.
Hence, define a new function netxen_nic_attach_late_func() to do the tasks
which has to be done after PCI helper functions have done their job.
Now, netxen_nic_attach_func() invokes netxen_nic_attach_late_func(), thus
netxen_io_slot_reset() behaves normally.
And, netxen_nic_resume() calls netxen_nic_attach_late_func() to avoid PCI
helper functions calls.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending mailbox in the work of aeq event, another aeq event
will be triggered. because the last aeq work is not exited and only
one work can be excuted simultaneously in the same workqueue, mailbox
sending function will return failure of timeout. We create and use
another workqueue to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver changes to perform Idlechk dump during the debug
data collection.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch populates a database of idlechk tests (registers and
predicates) and performs the idlechk using this data.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds register definitions required for Idlechk implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the transmit part of XDP support, which includes:
- support for XDP_TX in mvpp2_xdp()
- .ndo_xdp_xmit hook for AF_XDP and XDP_REDIRECT with mvpp2 as destination
mvpp2_xdp_submit_frame() is a generic function which is called by
mvpp2_xdp_xmit_back() when doing XDP_TX, and by mvpp2_xdp_xmit when
doing AF_XDP or XDP_REDIRECT target.
The buffer allocation has been reworked to be able to map the buffers
as DMA_FROM_DEVICE or DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL depending if native XDP is
in use or not.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP native support.
By now only XDP_DROP, XDP_PASS and XDP_REDIRECT
verdicts are supported.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the page_pool API for memory management.
This is a prerequisite for native XDP support.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvpp2_swf_bm_pool_init_percpu(), a reference to a struct
mvpp2_bm_pool is obtained traversing multiple structs, when a
local variable already points to the same object.
Fix it and, while at it, give the variable a meaningful name.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GENET driver interfaces with internal MoCA interface as well as
external MoCA chips like the BCM6802/6803 through a fixed link
interface. It is desirable for the mocad user-space daemon to be able to
control the carrier state based upon out of band messages that it
receives from the MoCA chip.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If in the process of creating the underlay QP for an IPoIB interface
the user has set the address and specifically the 1st-3rd bytes
representing the QP number, use the requested QP number when creating
the underlay QP.
For a user to be able to request a QP number on QP creation, the MKEY_BY_NAME
NVCONFIG should be set. As mkey_by_name and qp_by_name are coupled in FW.
This requires driver to query the mkey_by_name max cap during initialization
and set the current cap if it was enabled in FW.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Upon a TX timeout handle, if the TX reporter was not able to recover
from the error, reopen the channels. If tried to reopen channels, do not
loop over TX queues for timeout.
With that, the reporters state and separation will better
expose the driver's state.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add helper which retrieves the RQ WQE's head. Use this helper in RX
reporter diagnose callback.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use txrx.h to contain helper function regarding TX/RX. In the coming
patches, I will add more RQ helpers.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change the hierarchy of the RX reporter 'Common config' in the diagnose
output to match the 'Common config' of the TX reporter which reflects
that CQ is a helper to the traffic queues.
Before:
$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx
Common config:
RQ:
type: 2 stride size: 2048 size: 8
CQ:
stride size: 64 size: 1024
RQs:
...
After:
$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx
Common config:
RQ:
type: 2 stride size: 2048 size: 8
CQ:
stride size: 64 size: 1024
RQs:
...
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When received a CQE error, the driver inspect the syndrome given by the
firmware. RQ recovery is initiated only as a result of a fatal syndrome;
syndrome which set the RQ into an error state. Hence no need to query
the RQ state at the beginning of the recovery process. Add additional
debug prints before recovering.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
During queue's recovery, driver waits for flush. The flush timeout is
set to 2 seconds. Add a define for this value for the benefit of RX and
TX reporters.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Creation of devlink health reporters is not fatal for mlx5e instance load.
In case of error in reporter's creation, the return value is ignored.
Change all reporters creation functions to return void.
In addition, with this change, a failure in creating a reporter, will not
prevent the driver from trying to create the next reporter in the list.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We have yet another new scheme for NVRAM, and a corresponding new MCDI.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QDMA subsystem on EF100 needs this information.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ethtool_common.o will be built into both sfc and sfc_ef100 drivers,
it can't use KBUILD_MODNAME directly. Instead, make it reference a
string provided by the individual driver code.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously this was only happening in ef10-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_down() merely removes all our filters and VLANs, it doesn't free
efx->filter_state itself.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we only allocate VIs for the number of TXQs we actually need, we
cannot naively use "channel * TXQ_TYPES + txq" for the TXQ number, as
this has gaps (when efx->tx_queues_per_channel < EFX_TXQ_TYPES) and
thus overruns the driver's VI allocations, causing the firmware to
reject the MC_CMD_INIT_TXQ based on INSTANCE.
Thus, we distinguish INSTANCE (stored in tx_queue->queue) from LABEL
(tx_queue->label); the former is allocated starting from 0 in
efx_set_channels(), while the latter is simply the txq type (index in
channel->tx_queue array).
To simplify things, rather than changing tx_queues_per_channel after
setting up TXQs, make Siena always probe its HIGHPRI queues at start
of day, rather than deferring it until tc mqprio enables them.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Siena needs four TX queues (csum * highpri), EF10 needs two (csum),
and EF100 only needs one (as checksumming is controlled entirely by
the transmit descriptor). Rather than having various bits of ad-hoc
code to decide which queues to set up etc., put the knowledge of how
many TXQs a channel has in one place.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of exposing this old module parameter on the new driver (thus
having to keep it forever after for compatibility), let's confine it
to the old one; if we find later that we need the feature, we ought
to support it properly, with ethtool set-channels.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 only supports MSI-X, so there's no need for the new driver to
expose this old module parameter.
Since it's now visible to the linker, we have to rename it internally
to efx_interrupt_mode to avoid symbol collisions in non-modular
builds.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All NICs supported by this driver are capable of MSI-X interrupts (only
Falcon A1 wasn't, and that's now hived off into its own driver), so no
need for a nic-type parameter. Besides, the code that checked it was
buggy anyway (the following assignment that checked min_interrupt_mode
overrode it).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unprivileged functions (such as VFs) may set their MTU by use of the
'control' field of MC_CMD_SET_MAC_EXT, as used in efx_mcdi_set_mtu().
If calling efx_ef10_mac_reconfigure() from efx_change_mtu(), and the
NIC supports the above (SET_MAC_ENHANCED capability), use it rather
than efx_mcdi_set_mac().
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c:4388:12:
warning: 'mlx4_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4388 | static int mlx4_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c:4373:12: warning:
'mlx4_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
4373 | static int mlx4_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the
compiler that this is going to happen based on the configuration,
which is the standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 0e3e206a3e ("mlx4: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, gcc report
the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c:7182:12: warning:
'pcidev_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
7182 | static int pcidev_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark pcidev_suspend() as __maybe_unused to make it clear.
Fixes: 64120615d1 ("ksz884x: use generic power management")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove is_udp variable that is used in only one place and use
ip_hdr(skb)->protocol == IPPROTO_UDP check instead.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not initialize queue variable. It is already initialized in for loops.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hweight32() to count set bits in queue_mask.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bit 0 of queue_mask is set at the beginning of
macb_probe_queues() function. Do not set it again after reading
DGFG6 but instead use "|=" operator.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-01
This series contains updates to all Intel drivers, but a majority of the
changes are to the i40e driver.
Jeff converts 'fall through' comments to the 'fallthrough;' keyword for
all Intel drivers. Removed unnecessary delay in the ixgbe ethtool
diagnostics test.
Arkadiusz implements Total Port Shutdown for i40e. This is the revised
patch based on Jakub's feedback from an earlier submission of this
patch, where additional code comments and description was needed to
describe the functionality.
Wei Yongjun fixes return error code for iavf_init_get_resources().
Magnus optimizes XDP code in i40e; starting with AF_XDP zero-copy
transmit completion path. Then by only executing a division when
necessary in the napi_poll data path. Move the check for transmit ring
full outside the send loop to increase performance.
Ciara add XDP ring statistics to i40e and the ability to dump these
statistics and descriptors.
Tony fixes reporting iavf statistics.
Radoslaw adds support for 2.5 and 5 Gbps by implementing the newer ethtool
ksettings API in ixgbe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tony Nguyen says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-07-01
This series contains updates to the ice driver only.
Jacob implements a devlink region for device capabilities.
Bruce removes structs containing only one-element arrays that are either
unused or only used for indexing. Instead, use pointer arithmetic or
other indexing to access the elements. Converts "C struct hack"
variable-length types to the preferred C99 flexible array member.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the pre-C90-extension "C struct hack" method (using a single-
element array at the end of a structure for implementing variable-length
types) to the preferred use of C99 flexible array member.
Additional code cleanups were done near areas affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There are a number of structures that consist of a one-element array as the
only struct member. Some of those are unused so remove them. Others are
used to index into a buffer/array consisting of a variable number of a
different data or structure type. Those are unnecessary since we can use
simple pointer arithmetic or index directly into the buffer to access
individual elements of the buffer/array.
Additional code cleanups were done near areas affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Add a new devlink region used for capturing a snapshot of the device
capabilities buffer which is reported by the firmware over the AdminQ.
This information can useful in debugging driver and firmware
interactions.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Added full support for new version Ethtool API. New API allow use
2500Gbase-T and 5000base-T supported and advertised link speed modes.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Tyl <radoslawx.tyl@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
There is a 4 seconds delay in ixgbe_diag_test() that is holding up other
ioctls such as SIOCGIFCONF that Oracle database applications use.
One of Oracle's product runs "ethtool -t ethX online" periodically for
system monitoring and that is impacting database applications that use
SIOCGIFCONF at that same time.
This 4 second delay was needed in out early 1GbE parts to give the PHY
time to recover from a reset. This code was carried forward to the 10 GbE
driver even it was not needed for the supported PHYs in the ixgbe driver.
CC: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
CC: Jack Vogel <jack.vogel@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Venkat Venkatsubra <venkat.x.venkatsubra@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Commit bac8486116 ("iavf: Refactor the watchdog state machine") inverted
the logic for when to update statistics. Statistics should be updated when
no other commands are pending, instead they were only requested when a
command was processed. iavf_request_stats() would see a pending request
and not request statistics to be updated. This caused statistics to never
be updated; fix the logic.
Fixes: bac8486116 ("iavf: Refactor the watchdog state machine")
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Interfaces already exist for dumping Rx and Tx descriptor information.
Introduce another for doing the same for XDP descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Prior to this, only the Rx and Tx ring statistics were dumped. The XDP
ring statistics are now dumped as well.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Prior to this, only Rx and Tx ring statistics were accounted for.
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Move the check if the HW Tx ring is full to outside the send
loop. Currently it is checked for every single descriptor that we
send. Instead, tell the send loop to only process a maximum number of
packets equal to the number of available slots in the Tx ring. This
way, we can remove the check inside the send loop to and gain some
performance.
Suggested-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Eliminate a division in the napi_poll data path. This division is
executed even though it is only needed in the rare case when there are
not enough interrupt lines so they have to be shared between queue
pairs. Instead, just test for this case and only execute the division
if needed. The code has been lifted from the ice driver.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Improve the performance of the AF_XDP zero-copy Tx completion
path. When there are no XDP buffers being sent using XDP_TX or
XDP_REDIRECT, we do not have go through the SW ring to clean up any
entries since the AF_XDP path does not use these. In these cases, just
fast forward the next-to-use counter and skip going through the SW
ring. The limit on the maximum number of entries to complete is also
removed since the algorithm is now O(1). To simplify the code path, the
maximum number of entries to complete for the XDP path is therefore
also increased from 256 to 512 (the default number of Tx HW
descriptors). This should be fine since the completion in the XDP path
is faster than in the SKB path that has 256 as the maximum number.
This patch provides around 4% throughput improvement for the l2fwd
application in xdpsock on my machine.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: b66c7bc1cd ("iavf: Refactor init state machine")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
After OS requests to down a link on a physical network port, the
traffic is no longer being processed but the physical link with
a link partner is still established.
Currently there is a feature (Link down on close) which allows
to physically bring the link down (after OS request).
With this patch new feature with similar capability is introduced:
TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN
Allows to physically disable the link on the NIC's port.
If enabled, (after link down request from the OS)
no link, traffic or led activity is possible on that port.
If I40E_FLAG_TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN is enabled, the
I40E_FLAG_LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED must be explicitly forced to
true and cannot be disabled at that time.
The functionalities are exclusive in terms of configuration, but
they also have similar behavior (allowing to disable physical link
of the port), with following differences:
- LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED is configurable at host OS run-time
and is supported by whole family of 7xx Intel Ethernet Controllers
- TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN may be enabled only before OS loads (in BIOS)
only if motherboard's BIOS and NIC's FW has support of it
- when LINK_DOWN_ON_CLOSE_ENABLED is used, the link is being brought
down by sending phy_type=0 to NIC's FW
- when TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN is used, phy_type is not altered, instead
the link is being brought down by clearing bit
(I40E_AQ_PHY_ENABLE_LINK) in abilities field of
i40e_aq_set_phy_config structure
Introduced changes:
- new private flag I40E_FLAG_TOTAL_PORT_SHUTDOWN for handling the
feature
- probe of NVM if the feature was enabled at driver's port
initialization
- special handling on link-down procedure to let FW physically
shutdown the port if the feature was enabled
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Convert all the remaining 'fall through" code comments to the newer
'fallthrough;' keyword.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable_device, which is not recommended. Hence, removed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Use "struct dev_pm_ops" variable to bind the callbacks.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable_wake(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Use "struct dev_pm_ops" variable to bind the callbacks.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not use legacy power management as they have to manage power
states and related operations, for the device, themselves. This driver was
handling them with the help of PCI helper functions.
With generic PM, all essentials will be handled by the PCI core. Driver
needs to do only device-specific operations.
The driver defined empty-body .suspend() and .resume() callbacks earlier.
They can now be define NULL and bind with "struct dev_pm_ops" variable.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_save/restore_sate() and pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
Thus, there is no need to call the PCI helper functions like
pci_enable/disable_device(), pci_save/restore_sate() and
pci_set_power_state().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states. And they use PCI
helper functions to do it.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
In this driver:
typhoon_resume() calls typhoon_wakeup() which then calls PCI helper
functions pci_set_power_state() and pci_restore_state(). The only other
function, using typhoon_wakeup() is typhoon_open().
Thus remove the pci_*() calls from tyhpoon_wakeup() and place them in
typhoon_open(), maintaining the order, to retain the normal behavior of
the function
Now, typhoon_suspend() calls typhoon_sleep() which then calls PCI helper
functions pci_enable_wake(), pci_disable_device() and
pci_set_power_state(). Other functions:
- typhoon_open()
- typhoon_close()
- typhoon_init_one()
are also invoking typhoon_sleep(). Thus, in this case, cannot simply
move PCI helper functions call.
Hence, define a new function typhoon_sleep_early() which will do all the
operations, which typhoon_sleep() was doing before calling PCI helper
functions. Now typhoon_sleep() will call typhoon_sleep_early() to do
those tasks, hence, the behavior for _open(), _close and _init_one() remain
unchanged. And typhon_suspend() only requires typhoon_sleep_early().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:2480:6: warning:
symbol 'qed_hw_err_type_descr' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
get_dev_cap and set_resources_state functions may return a positive
value because of hardware failure, and the positive return value
can not be passed to ERR_PTR directly.
Fixes: 7dd29ee128 ("hinic: add sriov feature support")
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirror VI is enabled, replicate various VI config params
enabled on main VI to mirror VI. These include replicating MTU,
promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode, and enabled netdev Rx
feature offloads.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
- Add back calling cxgb4_port_mirror_start() in cxgb_open(), which
was there in v1, but got missed in v2 during refactoring.
v2:
- Simplify the replication code by refactoring t4_set_rxmode()
to handle mirror VI, instead of duplicating the t4_set_rxmode()
calls in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirror VI is enabled, allocate the mirror Rxqs and setup the
mirror VI RSS table. The mirror Rxqs are allocated/freed when
the mirror VI is created/destroyed or when underlying port is
brought up/down, respectively.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
v2:
- Use mutex to protect all mirror VI data, instead of just
mirror Rxqs.
- Remove the un-needed mirror Rxq mutex.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mirror Virtual Interface (VI) support to receive all ingress
mirror traffic from the underlying device. The mirror VI is
created dynamically, if the TC-MATCHALL rule has a corresponding
mirror action. Also request MSI-X vectors needed for the mirror VI
Rxqs. If no vectors are available, then disable mirror VI support.
v3:
- Replace mirror VI refcount_t with normal u32 variable.
v2:
- Add mutex to protect all mirror VI data, instead of just
mirror Rxqs.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/pcnet32.c:2928:12: warning:
'pcnet32_pm_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
2928 | static int pcnet32_pm_resume(struct device *device_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/pcnet32.c:2916:12: warning:
'pcnet32_pm_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
2916 | static int pcnet32_pm_suspend(struct device *device_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the compiler
that this is going to happen based on the configuration, which is the
standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: a86688fbef ("pcnet32: Convert to generic power management")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain configurations without power management support, the
following warnings happen:
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/amd8111e.c:1623:12: warning:
'amd8111e_resume' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
1623 | static int amd8111e_resume(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/amd8111e.c:1584:12: warning:
'amd8111e_suspend' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
1584 | static int amd8111e_suspend(struct device *dev_d)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mark these functions as __maybe_unused to make it clear to the compiler
that this is going to happen based on the configuration, which is the
standard for these types of functions.
Fixes: 2caf751fe0 ("amd8111e: Convert to generic power management")
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shrink the code by using the managed variant of of_mdiobus_register().
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have two managed helpers for mdiobus - devm_mdiobus_alloc()
and devm_mdiobus_register(). The idea behind devres is that the release
callback releases whatever resource the devm function allocates. In the
mdiobus case however there's no devres associated with the device by
devm_mdiobus_register(). Instead the release callback for
devm_mdiobus_alloc(): _devm_mdiobus_free() unregisters the device if
it is marked as managed.
This all seems wrong. The managed structure shouldn't need to know or
care about whether it's managed or not - and this is the case now for
struct mii_bus. The devres wrapper should be opaque to the managed
resource.
This changeset makes devm_mdiobus_alloc() and devm_mdiobus_register()
conform to common devres standards: devm_mdiobus_alloc() allocates a
devres structure and registers a callback that will call mdiobus_free().
__devm_mdiobus_register() allocated another devres and registers a
callback that will unregister the bus.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea behind devres is that the release callbacks are called if
probe fails. As we now check the return value of ixgbe_mii_bus_init(),
we can drop the call devm_mdiobus_free() in error path as the release
callback will be called automatically.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function may fail. Check its return value and propagate the error
code.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Find ports accessible by the VF, based on the index of the
mac address stored for the VF in the adapter. If no mac address
is stored for the VF, use the port mask provided by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Nirranjan Kirubaharan <nirranjan@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_prep_fw goto bye tag with positive return value when something
bad happened and which can not free resource in adap_init0.
so fix it to return negative value.
Fixes: 16e47624e7 ("cxgb4: Add new scheme to update T4/T5 firmware")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Heng <liheng40@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the actual copyright holder and years in all qede source files.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Remove all the boilerplates in the existing code and replace it with the
correct SPDX tag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Correct already existing but wrong SPDX tags to match the actual
license.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the actual copyright holder and years in all qed source files.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Remove all the boilerplates in the existing code and replace it with the
correct SPDX tag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QLogic QED drivers source code is dual licensed under
GPL-2.0/BSD-3-Clause.
Correct already existing but wrong SPDX tags to match the actual
license.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error return path when create_singlethread_workqueue fails currently
does not kfree tls and leads to a memory leak. Fix this by kfree'ing
tls before returning -ENOMEM.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: 1182f36593 ("net/mlx5e: kTLS, Add kTLS RX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 won't have an efx->type->tx_remove method, because there's
nothing for it to do. So make the call conditional.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ef100 will need to check this against NIC limits.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define it in nic_common.h, even though the ef100 driver will have a
different implementation backing it (actually a WARN_ON_ONCE as it
should never get called by ef100. But it needs to still exist because
common TX path code references it).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ef100 will need this if it gets GSO skbs it can't handle (e.g. too long
header length).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ef100 RX path will also need to DMA-sync RX buffers.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor it a little as we go, and introduce efx_mcdi_set_mtu() which we
will later use for ef100 to change MTU without touching other MAC settings.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various left-over bits and pieces from efx.c that are needed by ef100.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both the licence notice and the SPDX tag were missing from this file.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of it was already declared in mcdi_port_common.h, so just move the
implementations to mcdi_port_common.c.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are implemented in mcdi_port.c, which will not be linked
into the EF100 driver; thus their prototypes should not be visible in
common header files.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When support for short preambles was added, it incorrectly keyed its
decision off state->speed instead of state->interface. state->speed
is not guaranteed to be correct for in-band modes, which can lead to
short preambles being unexpectedly disabled.
Fix this by keying off the interface mode, which is the only way that
mvneta can operate at 2.5Gbps.
Fixes: da58a931f2 ("net: mvneta: Add support for 2500Mbps SGMII")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove unused but set variable to avoid auto build test WARNING
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-29
This series contains updates to only the igc driver.
Sasha added Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) support and Latency Tolerance
Reporting (LTR) support for the igc driver. Added Low Power Idle (LPI)
counters and cleaned up unused TCP segmentation counters. Removed
igc_power_down_link() and call igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
directly. Removed unneeded copper media check.
Andre cleaned up timestamping by removing un-supported features and
duplicate code for i225. Fixed the timestamp check on the proper flag
instead of the skb for pending transmit timestamps. Refactored
igc_ptp_set_timestamp_mode() to simply the flow.
v2: Removed the log message in patch 1 as suggested by David Miller.
Note: The locking issue Jakub Kicinski saw in patch 5, currently
exists in the current net-next tree, so Andre will resolve the
locking issue in a follow-on patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i225 device support only copper mode.
There is no point to check media type in the
igc_config_fc_after_link_up() method.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
PHY of the i225 device support only copper mode.
There is no point to check media type in the
igc_power_up_link() method.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the implementation of igc_power_down_link()
method was just calling igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
method.
We can just call igc_power_down_phy_copper_base()
method directly.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
TCP segmentation TX context fail counter is not
applicable for i225 devices.
This patch comes to clean up this counter.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown<aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add EEE TX LPI and EEE RX LPI counters. A EEE TX LPI event
occurs when the transmitter enters EEE (IEEE 802.3az) LPI
state. A EEE RX LPI event occurs when the receiver detect
link partner entry into EEE(IEEE 802.3az) LPI state.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When Rx timestamping is enabled, we set the timestamp bit in SRRCTL
register for each queue, but we don't clear it when disabling. This
patch fixes igc_ptp_disable_rx_timestamp() accordingly.
Also, this patch gets rid of igc_ptp_enable_tstamp_rxqueue() and
igc_ptp_enable_tstamp_all_rxqueues() and move their logic into
igc_ptp_enable_rx_timestamp() to keep the enable and disable
helpers symmetric.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current igc_ptp_set_timestamp_mode() logic is a bit tangled since it
handles many different hardware configurations in one single place,
making it harder to follow. This patch untangles that code by breaking
it into helper functions.
Quick note about the hw->mac.type check which was removed in this
refactoring: this check it not really needed since igc_i225 is the only
type supported by the IGC driver.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As implemented in igc_ethtool_get_ts_info(), igc only supports HWTSTAMP_
FILTER_ALL so any HWTSTAMP_FILTER_* option the user may set falls back to
HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL.
HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL is implemented via Rx Time Sync Control (TSYNCRXCTL)
configuration which timestamps all incoming packets. Configuring a
UDP filter, in addition to TSYNCRXCTL, doesn't add much so this patch
removes that code. It also takes this opportunity to remove some
non-applicable comments.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The __IGC_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag indicates we have a pending Tx
timestamp. In some places, instead of checking that flag, we check
adapter->ptp_tx_skb. This patch fixes those places to use the flag.
Quick note about igc_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() change: when that function is
called, adapter->ptp_tx_skb is expected to be valid always so we
WARN_ON_ONCE() in case it is not.
Quick note about igc_ptp_suspend() change: when suspending, we don't
really need to check if there is a pending timestamp. We can simply
clear it unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions igc_ptp_tx_hang() and igc_ptp_tx_work() have duplicate
code which handles Tx timestamp timeouts. This patch does a trivial
refactoring by moving that code to its own function and reusing it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Differently from I210, I225 doesn't report Rx timestamps via the TS bit
Rx descriptor + RXSTMPL/RXSTMPH registers mechanism. Rx timestamps are
reported in the packet buffer only, which is implemented by igc_ptp_rx_
pktstamp(). So this patch removes igc_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and all code
related to it, copied from igb driver.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The LTR message on the PCIe inform the requested latency
on which the PCIe must become active to the downstream
PCIe port of the system.
This patch provide recommended LTR parameters by i225
specification.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement .get_down_ext_state() as part of ethtool_ops.
Query link down reason from PDDR register and convert it to ethtool
link_ext_state.
In case that more information than common link_ext_state is provided,
fill link_ext_substate also with the appropriate value.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PDDR register enables to read the Phy debug database.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mlxsw_sp1_port_type_speed_ops and mlxsw_sp2_port_type_speed_ops
with the relevant code from spectrum.c to spectrum_ethtool.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add spectrum_ethtool.c file for ethtool code.
Move ethtool_ops and the relevant code from spectrum.c to
spectrum_ethtool.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() is defined twice - in spectrum.c and in
spectrum_dcb.c, with different arguments and different implementation
but the name is same.
Rename mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_set() to mlxsw_sp_port_headroom_ets_set()
in order to allow using the second function in several files, and not
only as static function in spectrum.c.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE802.3az-2010 Energy Efficient Ethernet has been
approved as standard (September 2010) and the driver
can enable and disable it via ethtool.
Disable the feature by default on parts which support it.
Add enable/disable eee options.
tx-lpi, tx-timer and advertise not supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the previous commit, in case of insufficient SKB headroom on the Tx
path instead of reallocing the SKB we now send a S/G frame descriptor.
Export the number of occurences of this case as a per CPU counter (in
debugfs) and a total number in the ethtool statistics - "tx converted sg
frames'.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of realloc-ing the skb on the Tx path when the provided headroom
is smaller than the HW requirements, create a Scatter/Gather frame
descriptor with only one entry.
Remove the '[drv] tx realloc frames' counter exposed previously through
ethtool since it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, but will also make use of
efx_rx_packet_gro(), thus needs to be able to pass the checksum value
into that function.
Drivers for older NICs pass in a csum of 0 to get the old semantics (use
the RX flags for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY marking).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use the same approach to ARFS as EF10.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoids a call from generic MCDI code into ef10.c.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will use the same mechanisms for PCI error recovery.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 needs to map multiple BARs (sequentially, not concurrently) in
order to read the Function Control Window during probe.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few more ethtool handlers which EF100 will share.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EF100 will share EF10's model of filtering, hashing and spreading.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link speeds, FEC, and autonegotiation are all things EF100 will share.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new nic_common.h contains the inlines for NIC-type function dispatch,
declarations for NIC-generic functions in nic.c, and other similar NIC-
generic functionality. Retained in nic.h are NIC-specific declarations
such as the siena and ef10 nic_data structs and various farch functions.
The EF100 driver will thus include nic_common.h but not nic.h.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the generation-count handling from the format conversion, to
make it easier to re-use both for EF100.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculate efx->max_vis at probe time, and check against it in
efx_allocate_msix_channels() when considering whether to create XDP TX
channels.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have an _OFST definition for each individual flag bit,
callers of efx_has_cap() don't need to specify which flag word it's
in; we can just use the flag name directly in MCDI_CAPABILITY_OFST.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The script used to generate these now includes _OFST definitions for
flags, to identify the containing flag word.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 'tcfp_burst' with TICK factor, driver side always need to recover
it to the original value, this patch moves the generic calculation and
recover to the 'burst' original value before offloading to device driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Improve hardware layouts and structure for kTLS support
2) Generalize ICOSQ (Internal Channel Operations Send Queue)
Due to the asynchronous nature of adding new kTLS flows and handling
HW asynchronous kTLS resync requests, the XSK ICOSQ was extended to
support generic async operations, such as kTLS add flow and resync, in
addition to the existing XSK usages.
3) kTLS hardware flow steering and classification:
The driver already has the means to classify TCP ipv4/6 flows to send them
to the corresponding RSS HW engine, as reflected in patches 3 through 5,
the series will add a steering layer that will hook to the driver's TCP
classifiers and will match on well known kTLS connection, in case of a
match traffic will be redirected to the kTLS decryption engine, otherwise
traffic will continue flowing normally to the TCP RSS engine.
3) kTLS add flow RX HW offload support
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
(Work Queue Element) to communicate the newly added kTLS contexts
over the per-channel async ICOSQ.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
4) Added mlx5 kTLS sw stats and new counters are documented in
Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
rx_tls_ctx - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts added to device for
decryption.
rx_tls_ooo - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but did not arrive in the expected order and triggered the resync
procedure.
rx_tls_del - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts deleted from device
(connection has finished).
rx_tls_err - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but were not decrypted due to unexpected error in the state machine.
5) Asynchronous RX resync
a. The NIC driver indicates that it would like to resync on some TLS
record within the received packet (P), but the driver does not
know (yet) which of the TLS records within the packet.
At this stage, the NIC driver will query the device to find the exact
TCP sequence for resync (tcpsn), however, the driver does not wait
for the device to provide the response.
b. Eventually, the device responds, and the driver provides the tcpsn
within the resync packet to KTLS. Now, KTLS can check the tcpsn against
any processed TLS records within packet P, and also against any record
that is processed in the future within packet P.
The asynchronous resync path simplifies the device driver, as it can
save bits on the packet completion (32-bit TCP sequence), and pass this
information on an asynchronous command instead.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl73s2kACgkQSD+KveBX
+j4wqAf/ZhcEn7i4N2F9wMMIL6wd4DgwKWWhbGpiREIxDwcRbqH7PGom8nBZMNd9
+3g3zfURvByWehLtYcjmMgR4B7+xDgEs0dSx6pQM9764HqLDV2jW8ENr9Vr/u8s1
hJ/eV8uzIfvx27MzbENZi0oJTw7N9nCgdcv1OyZkIba+Iado9pOeakPgBmTbINgo
46LJI9nIEROE15gfjyxrVeYAs3Nxt+bogQCWYfMqUfRmKcMJ0d4oTHaUdtmm+xQB
jC685/e4gE7jRgZ3qH/xvCZYp7+TVKaXsB0EtaJdPFEkvvvQpgPTfquIQ+6l7vvE
Yf1YUhnDOoxGUQy1CdSZ2reNxLIm8A==
=7+rG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-tls-2020-06-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-tls-2020-06-26
1) Improve hardware layouts and structure for kTLS support
2) Generalize ICOSQ (Internal Channel Operations Send Queue)
Due to the asynchronous nature of adding new kTLS flows and handling
HW asynchronous kTLS resync requests, the XSK ICOSQ was extended to
support generic async operations, such as kTLS add flow and resync, in
addition to the existing XSK usages.
3) kTLS hardware flow steering and classification:
The driver already has the means to classify TCP ipv4/6 flows to send them
to the corresponding RSS HW engine, as reflected in patches 3 through 5,
the series will add a steering layer that will hook to the driver's TCP
classifiers and will match on well known kTLS connection, in case of a
match traffic will be redirected to the kTLS decryption engine, otherwise
traffic will continue flowing normally to the TCP RSS engine.
3) kTLS add flow RX HW offload support
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
(Work Queue Element) to communicate the newly added kTLS contexts
over the per-channel async ICOSQ.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
4) Added mlx5 kTLS sw stats and new counters are documented in
Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
rx_tls_ctx - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts added to device for
decryption.
rx_tls_ooo - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but did not arrive in the expected order and triggered the resync
procedure.
rx_tls_del - number of TLS RX HW offload contexts deleted from device
(connection has finished).
rx_tls_err - number of RX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but were not decrypted due to unexpected error in the state machine.
5) Asynchronous RX resync
a. The NIC driver indicates that it would like to resync on some TLS
record within the received packet (P), but the driver does not
know (yet) which of the TLS records within the packet.
At this stage, the NIC driver will query the device to find the exact
TCP sequence for resync (tcpsn), however, the driver does not wait
for the device to provide the response.
b. Eventually, the device responds, and the driver provides the tcpsn
within the resync packet to KTLS. Now, KTLS can check the tcpsn against
any processed TLS records within packet P, and also against any record
that is processed in the future within packet P.
The asynchronous resync path simplifies the device driver, as it can
save bits on the packet completion (32-bit TCP sequence), and pass this
information on an asynchronous command instead.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AM65x SR2.0 MCU CPSW has fixed errata i2027 "CPSW: CPSW Does Not
Support CPPI Receive Checksum (Host to Ethernet) Offload Feature". This
errata also fixed for J271E SoC.
Use SOC bus data for K3 SoC identification and apply i2027 errata w/a only
for the AM65x SR1.0 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that critical setting can only be configured when there are no
running netdevs - all ports are down.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skip HW configuration when p0-rx-ptype-rrobin is changed as it will be done
by .ndev_open(),
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC SL has to be initialized for each port otherwise
am65_cpsw_nuss_slave_disable_unused() will crash for disabled ports.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pf_p0_rx_ptype_rrobin is global parameter so move its initialization in
probe.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlan configuration is not restored after interface down/up sequence.
Steps to check:
# ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
# ifconfig eth0 down
# ifconfig eth0 up
This patch fixes it, restoring vlan ALE entries on .ndo_open().
Fixes: 93a7653031 ("net: ethernet: ti: introduce am65x/j721e gigabit eth subsystem driver")
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting polling_delay is now done at thermal_core level (by not polling
DISABLED devices), so no need to repeat this code.
int340x: Checking for an impossible enum value is unnecessary.
acpi/thermal: It only prints debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-11-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Some thermal zone devices never change their state, so they should be
always enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-9-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Use thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and thermal_zone_device_is_enabled().
Consequently, all set_mode() implementations in drivers:
- can stop modifying tzd's "mode" member,
- shall stop taking tzd's lock, as it is taken in the helpers
- shall stop calling thermal_zone_device_update() as it is called in the
helpers
- can assume they are called when the mode truly changes, so checks to
verify that can be dropped
Not providing set_mode() by a driver no longer prevents the core from
being able to set tzd's mode, so the relevant check in mode_store() is
removed.
Other comments:
- acpi/thermal.c: tz->thermal_zone->mode will be updated only after we
return from set_mode(), so use function parameter in thermal_set_mode()
instead, no need to call acpi_thermal_check() in set_mode()
- thermal/imx_thermal.c: regmap writes and mode assignment are done in
thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and set_mode() callback
- thermal/intel/intel_quark_dts_thermal.c: soc_dts_{en|dis}able() are a
part of set_mode() callback, so they don't need to modify tzd->mode, and
don't need to fall back to the opposite mode if unsuccessful, as the return
value will be propagated to thermal_zone_device_{en|dis}able() and
ultimately tzd's member will not be changed in thermal_zone_device_set_mode().
- thermal/of-thermal.c: no need to set zone->mode to DISABLED in
of_parse_thermal_zones() as a tzd is kzalloc'ed so mode is DISABLED anyway
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-8-andrzej.p@collabora.com
get_mode() is now redundant, as the state is stored in struct
thermal_zone_device.
Consequently the "mode" attribute in sysfs can always be visible, because
it is always possible to get the mode from struct tzd.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
[for acerhdf]
Acked-by: Peter Kaestle <peter@piie.net>
Reviewed-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200629122925.21729-6-andrzej.p@collabora.com
Use list_empty_careful() instead of open-coding.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix some coding-style issues, including one which
made the function pointers in the struct ei_device
hard to understand.
Signed-off-by: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all net_device operations are bundled together inside
mscc_ocelot.ko and no longer part of the common library, there's no
reason to export these symbols.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far RTL8401 was treated like a RTL8101e, means we relied on the BIOS
to configure MAC and PHY properly. Make RTL8401 a separate chip version
and copy MAC / PHY config from r8101 vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chip versions 13, 14, 15 are treated the same by the driver, therefore
let's merge them.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to get eeprom information from the plug-in module
with ethtool -m cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to identify physical device by flashing an LED
attached to it with ethtool -p cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to excute internal and external loopback test with
ethtool -t cmd.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to set TX/RX irq coalesce params with ethtool -C and
get these params with ethtool -c.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add support to set pause params with ethtool -A and get pause
params with ethtool -a. Also remove set_link_ksettings ops for VF
and enable pause by default.
Signed-off-by: Luo bin <luobin9@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch mlx5e tls rx handler was called unconditionally on
all rx frames and the decision whether a frame is a valid tls record
is done inside that function. A function call can be expensive especially
for regular rx packet rate. To avoid this, check the tls validity before
jumping into the tls rx handler.
While at it, split between kTLS device offload rx handler and FPGA tls rx
handler using a similar method.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
All callers of mlx5e_ktls_build_netdev() check capability
before the call.
Remove the repeated check in the function.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Resync communication with HW for kTLS RX is done via the
async ICOSQs.
kTLS RX resync requests might come in bursts. To improve the
success chances for such bursts, use a larger ICOSQ.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add global and per-channel ethtool SW stats for the device
offload.
Document the new counters in tls-offload.rst.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement the RX resync procedure, using the TLS async resync API.
The HW offload of TLS decryption in RX side might get out-of-sync
due to out-of-order reception of packets.
This requires SW intervention to update the HW context and get it
back in-sync.
Performance:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2687W v4 @ 3.00GHz, 24 cores, HT off
NIC: ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE dual port
Goodput (app-layer throughput) comparison:
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| # connections | 1 | 4 | 8 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| SW (Gbps) | 7.26 | 24.70 | 50.30 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| HW (Gbps) | 18.50 | 64.30 | 92.90 |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
| Speedup | 2.55x | 2.56x | 1.85x * |
+---------------+-------+-------+---------+
* After linerate is reached, diff is observed in CPU util.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement driver support for the kTLS RX HW offload feature.
Resync support is added in a downstream patch.
New offload contexts post their static/progress params WQEs
over the per-channel async ICOSQ, protected under a spin-lock.
The Channel/RQ is selected according to the socket's rxq index.
Feature is OFF by default. Can be turned on by:
$ ethtool -K <if> tls-hw-rx-offload on
A new TLS-RX workqueue is used to allow asynchronous addition of
steering rules, out of the NAPI context.
It will be also used in a downstream patch in the resync procedure.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Modify the implementation of the private kTLS TX HW offload context
getter and setter, so it uses the kernel API functions, instead of
a local shadow structure.
A single BUILD_BUG_ON check is sufficient, remove the duplicate.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Better separate the code into c/h files, so that kTLS internals
are exposed to the corresponding non-accel flow as follows:
- Necessary datapath functions are exposed via ktls_txrx.h.
- Necessary caps and configuration functions are exposed via ktls.h,
which became very small.
In addition, kTLS internal code sharing is done via ktls_utils.h,
which is not exposed to any non-accel file.
Add explicit WQE structures for the TLS static and progress
params, breaking the union of the static with UMR, and the progress
with PSV.
Generalize the API as a preparation for TLS RX offload support.
Move kTLS TX-specific code to the proper file.
Remove the inline tag for function in C files, let the compiler decide.
Use kzalloc/kfree for the priv_tx context.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Given a socket, the function extracts the TCP/IP{4,6} ntuple
and adds rule to steering.
Another function gets the rule and deletes it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
The framework allows creating flow tables to steer incoming traffic of
TCP sockets to the acceleration TIRs.
This is used in downstream patches for TLS, and will be used in the
future for other offloads.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Store the default destinations of the on-load generated TTC
(Traffic Type Classifier) rules in the ttc rules table.
Introduce TTC API functions to manipulate/restore and get the TTC rule
destination and use these API functions in arfs implementation.
This will allow a better decoupling between TTC implementation and its
users.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Take the CQ params into their respective RQ/SQ params.
Split the params build of the different ICOSQs (sync and async),
as they require different init values.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
There is an upcoming demand (in downstream patches) for
an ICOSQ to be populated out of the NAPI context, asynchronously.
There is already an existing one serving XSK-related use case.
In this patch, promote this ICOSQ to serve as general async ICOSQ,
to be used for XSK and non-XSK flows.
As part of this, the reg_umr bit of the SQ context is now set
(if capable), as the general async ICOSQ should support possible
posts of UMR WQEs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add explicit WQE segment structures for the TLS static and progress
params.
According to the HW spec, TISN is not part of the progress params context,
take it out of it.
Rename the control segment tisn field as it could hold either a TIS or
a TIR number.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
A1 requires additional processing for both egress and ingress to support
PTP.
And it makes sense to get rid of this processing altogether (via ifdef),
if PTP clock is disabled globally.
This patch puts the PTP code under the corresponding IS_REACHABLE check.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds alignment checks in all the helper macros in
hw_atl2_utils_fw.c
These alignment checks are compile-time, so runtime is not affected.
All these helper macros assume the length to be aligned (multiple of 4).
If it's not aligned, then there might be issues, e.g. stack corruption.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a missing space in the comment in aq_nic.h
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bezrukov <dbezrukov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a typo in aq_ring_tx_clean.
stats is a union, so the typo doesn't cause any issues, but it's a typo
nonetheless.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes aq_pci_func_init() static, because it's not used anywhere
outside the file itself.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces ENOTSUPP (where it was used by mistake) with
EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the type for variable which is assigned from enum,
as such it should have been int, not u32.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <ndanilov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a checkpatch warning.
Fixes: aec0f1aac5 ("net: atlantic: MACSec offload statistics implementation")
Signed-off-by: Mark Starovoytov <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Organize driver documentation by device type. Most documents
have fairly verbose yet uninformative names, so let users
first select a well defined device type, and then search for
a particular driver.
While at it rename the section from Vendor drivers to
Hardware drivers. This seems more accurate, besides people
sometimes refer to out-of-tree drivers as vendor drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rings bitmap of an interrupt vector encodes
which of the device's rings were assigned to that
interrupt vector.
Hence the iteration range of the tx rings bitmap
(for_each_set_bit()) should be the total number of
Tx rings of that netdevice instead of the number of
rings assigned to the interrupt vector.
Since there are 2 cores, and one interrupt vector for
each core, the number of rings asigned to an interrupt
vector is half the number of available rings.
The impact of this error is that the upper half of the
tx rings could still generate interrupts during napi
polling.
Fixes: d4fd0404c1 ("enetc: Introduce basic PF and VF ENETC ethernet drivers")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs connected to this ethernet hardware support the WoL feature.
But when WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for a magic packet at max speed (i.e. 1Gbps), which is a waste of
energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
and save some energy while the machine is powered off or sleeping.
Tested using an Armada 370 based board (LS421DE) equipped with a Marvell
88E1518 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2020-06-25
This series contains updates to i40e driver and removes the individual
driver versions from all of the Intel wired LAN drivers.
Shiraz moves the client header so that it can easily be shared between
the i40e LAN driver and i40iw RDMA driver.
Jesse cleans up the unused defines, since they are just dead weight.
Alek reduces the unreasonably long wait time for a PF reset after reboot
by using jiffies to limit the maximum wait time for the PF reset to
succeed. Added additional logging to let the user know when the driver
transitions into recovery mode. Adds new device support for our 5 Gbps
NICs.
Todd adds a check to see if MFS is set after warm reboot and notifies
the user when MFS is set to anything lower than the default value.
Arkadiusz fixes a possible race condition, where were holding a
spin-lock while in atomic context.
v2: removed code comments that were no longer applicable in patch 2 of
the series. Also removed 'inline' from patch 4 and patch 8 of the
series. Also re-arranged code to be able to remove the forward
function declarations. Dropped patch 9 of the series, while the
author works on cleaning up the commit message.
v3: Updated patch 8 description to answer Jakub's questions
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the network stack know the real number of queues that
we are using.
v2: added error checking
Fixes: 49d3b49367 ("ionic: disable the queues on link down")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify meson8b_init_rgmii_tx_clk() by using struct clk_parent_data to
initialize the clock parents. No functional changes intended.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM, drivers themselves were responsible for managing the
device's power states and takes care of register states.
After upgrading to the generic structure, PCI core will take care of
required tasks and drivers should do only device-specific operations.
The driver was also calling bnx2x_set_power_state() to set the power state
of the device by changing the device's registers' value. It is no more
needed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Igor Russkikh <irusskikh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some occasions task held spinlock (mac_filter_hash_lock),
while being rescheduled due to admin queue mutex_lock. The struct
i40e_spinlock asq_spinlock, which later expands to struct mutex
spinlock. Moved i40e_aq_set_vsi_multicast_promiscuous(),
i40e_aq_set_vsi_unicast_promiscuous(),
i40e_aq_set_vsi_mc_promisc_on_vlan(), and
i40e_aq_set_vsi_uc_promisc_on_vlan() outside of atomic context. Without
this patch there is a race condition, which might result in scheduling
while in atomic context. The race condition is between the thread, which
holds mac_filter_hash_lock, while trying to acquire an admin queue mutex
and a thread, which already has said admin queue mutex. The thread, which
holds spinlock, fails to acquire the mutex, which causes this thread to
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make possible for the i40e driver to bind to the new v710 for 5GBASE-T
NICs.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Kubalewski <arkadiusz.kubalewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As with other networking drivers, remove the unnecessary driver version
from the Intel drivers. The ethtool driver information and module version
will then report the kernel version instead.
For ixgbe, i40e and ice drivers, the driver passes the driver version to
the firmware to confirm that we are up and running. So we now pass the
value of UTS_RELEASE to the firmware. This adminq call is required per
the HAS document. The Device then sends an indication to the BMC that the
PF driver is present. This is done using Host NC Driver Status Indication
in NC-SI Get Link command or via the Host Network Controller Driver Status
Change AEN.
What the BMC may do with this information is implementation-dependent, but
this is a standard NC-SI 1.1 command we honor per the HAS.
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Alek Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
CC: Kevin Liedtke <kevin.d.liedtke@intel.com>
CC: Aaron Rowden <aaron.f.rowden@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Co-developed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
A customer was chain-booting to provision his systems and one of the
steps was setting MFS. MFS isn't cleared by normal warm reboots
(clearing requires a GLOBR) and there was no indication of why Jumbo
Frame receives were failing.
Add a warning if MFS is set to anything lower than the default.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Detect and log information about pre-recovery mode when firmware
transitions to a recovery mode.
When a firmware transitions to a recovery mode it stores a number
of unexpected EMP resets in one of its registers. The number of EMP
resets ranging from 0x21 to 0x2A indicates that FW transitions
to recovery mode. Use these values to emit log entry about transition
process. Previously the pre-recovery mode may not have been detected
and there was no log entry when NIC was in pre-recovery mode.
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use jiffies to limit max waiting time for PF reset to succeed.
Previous wait loop was unreliable. It required unreasonably long time
to wait for PF reset after reboot when NIC was about to enter
recovery mode
Reviewed-by: Aleksandr Loktionov <aleksandr.loktionov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove all the unused defines as they are just dead weight.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move i40e_client.h to include/linux/net/intel/*
since its shared between i40iw and i40e.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor overlapping changes in xfrm_device.c, between the double
ESP trailing bug fix setting the XFRM_INIT flag and the changes
in net-next preparing for bonding encryption support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basically no drivers care about the return value here, and there's no
__must_check that would make casting to void sensible, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_gro_receive function no longer returns GRO_DROP ever, making
handling GRO_DROP dead code. This commit removes that dead code.
Further, it's not even clear that device drivers have any business in
taking action after passing off received packets; that's arguably out of
their hands.
Fixes: 6570bc79c0 ("net: core: use listified Rx for GRO_NORMAL in napi_gro_receive()")
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two of the function parameters (qtype and index) were misspelled in the
associated descriptions of dpni_[set/get]_taildrop which led to sparse
warnings. Fix this by using the exact same names as present in the
function definition.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dpaa2-eth.h header file includes dpaa2-eth-trace.h which includes
back dpaa2-eth leading to a recursion in the include path. Fix this by
removing the include of dpaa2-eth.h in the trace header.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should keep retrying to acquire buffers through the software portals
as long as the function returns -EBUSY and the number of retries is
__below__ DPAA2_ETH_SWP_BUSY_RETRIES.
Fixes: ef17bd7cc0 ("dpaa2-eth: Avoid unbounded while loops")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before passing the result of skb_to_sgvec() to dma_map_sg() check if any
error was returned.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the addition of multiple traffic classes support, the number
of available frame queues grew significantly, overly inflating the
debugfs FQ statistics entry. Update it to only show the queues
which are actually in use (i.e. have a non-zero frame counter).
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA buffers were not freed on failure path of at91ether_open().
Along with changes for freeing the DMA buffers the enable/disable
interrupt instructions were moved to at91ether_start()/at91ether_stop()
functions and the operations on at91ether_stop() were done in
their reverse order (compared with how is done in at91ether_start()):
before this patch the operation order on interface open path
was as follows:
1/ alloc DMA buffers
2/ enable tx, rx
3/ enable interrupts
and the order on interface close path was as follows:
1/ disable tx, rx
2/ disable interrupts
3/ free dma buffers.
Fixes: 7897b071ac ("net: macb: convert to phylink")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call pm_runtime_put_sync() on failure path of at91ether_open.
Fixes: e6a41c23df ("net: macb: ensure interface is not suspended on at91rm9200")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5_vxlan_port is not exposed to the outside callers, it is
redundant to return a pointer to it from mlx5_vxlan_port_lookup(), to be
only used as a boolean, so just return a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove the spinlock protecting the vxlan table and use RCU instead.
This will improve performance as it will eliminate contention on data
path cores.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
en_tc.h header file declares several TC-specific functions in
CONFIG_MLX5_ESWITCH block even though those functions are only compiled
when CONFIG_MLX5_CLS_ACT is set, which is a recent change. Move them to
proper block.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Dickman <maord@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After the cited commit, the header net/arp.h is no longer used in en_rep.c.
So, move it to the new file rep/neigh.c that uses it now.
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5e_xsk_first_unused_channel is a leftover from old versions of the
first XSK commit, and it was never used. Remove it.
Fixes: db05815b36 ("net/mlx5e: Add XSK zero-copy support")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use kfree() instead of kvfree() on ft->g in arfs_create_groups() because
the memory is allocated with kcalloc().
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Missing space at the end of a comment line, add it.
Signed-off-by: Hu Haowen <xianfengting221@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Flow metering entries in IEEE 802.1Qci is an optional function for a
flow filtering module. Flow metering is two rates two buckets and three
color marker to policing the frames. This patch only enable one rate one
bucket and in color blind mode. Flow metering instance are as
specified in the algorithm in MEF 10.3 and in Bandwidth Profile
Parameters. They are:
a) Flow meter instance identifier. An integer value identifying the flow
meter instance. The patch use the police 'index' as thin value.
b) Committed Information Rate (CIR), in bits per second. This patch use
the 'rate_bytes_ps' represent this value.
c) Committed Burst Size (CBS), in octets. This patch use the 'burst'
represent this value.
d) Excess Information Rate (EIR), in bits per second.
e) Excess Burst Size per Bandwidth Profile Flow (EBS), in octets.
And plus some other parameters. This patch set EIR/EBS default disable
and color blind mode.
v1->v2 changes:
- Use div_u64() as division replace the '/' report:
All errors (new ones prefixed by >>):
ld: drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/enetc/enetc_qos.o: in function `enetc_flowmeter_hw_set':
>> enetc_qos.c:(.text+0x66): undefined reference to `__udivdi3'
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base on the tc flower offload police action add max frame size by the
parameter 'mtu'. Tc flower device driver working by the IEEE 802.1Qci
stream filter can implement the max frame size filtering. Add it to the
current hardware tc flower stearm filter driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When commit 474ea9cafc ("net: bcmgenet: correctly pad short
packets") added the call to skb_padto() it should have been
located before the nr_frags parameter was read since that value
could be changed when padding packets with lengths between 55
and 59 bytes (inclusive).
The use of a stale nr_frags value can cause corruption of the
pad data when tx-scatter-gather is enabled. This corruption of
the pad can cause invalid checksum computation when hardware
offload of tx-checksum is also enabled.
Since the original reason for the padding was corrected by
commit 7dd399130e ("net: bcmgenet: fix skb_len in
bcmgenet_xmit_single()") we can remove the software padding all
together and make use of hardware padding of short frames as
long as the hardware also always appends the FCS value to the
frame.
Fixes: 474ea9cafc ("net: bcmgenet: correctly pad short packets")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 16-bit value that holds a short in network byte order should
be declared as a restricted big endian type to allow type checks
to succeed during assignment.
Fixes: 3e37095228 ("net: bcmgenet: add support for ethtool rxnfc flows")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function was originally removed by Baoyou Xie in
commit e2072600a2 ("net: bcmgenet: remove unused function in
bcmgenet.c") to prevent a build warning.
Some of the functions removed by Baoyou Xie are now used for
WAKE_FILTER support so his commit was reverted, but this function
is still unused and the kbuild test robot dutifully reported the
warning.
This commit once again removes the remaining unused hfb functions.
Fixes: 14da1510fe ("Revert "net: bcmgenet: remove unused function in bcmgenet.c"")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error DBG_STATUS_NO_MATCHING_FRAMING_MODE was added to the enum
enum dbg_status however there is a missing corresponding entry for
this in the array s_status_str. This causes an out-of-bounds read when
indexing into the last entry of s_status_str. Fix this by adding in
the missing entry.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Out-of-bounds read").
Fixes: 2d22bc8354 ("qed: FW 8.42.2.0 debug features")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When writing the serdes configuration register was moved to
mvneta_config_interface() the whole code block was removed from
mvneta_port_power_up() in the assumption that its only purpose was to
write the serdes configuration register. As mentioned by Russell King
its purpose was also to check for valid interface modes early so that
later in the driver we do not have to care for unexpected interface
modes.
Add back the test to let the driver bail out early on unhandled
interface modes.
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvneta_config_interface() the RGMII modes are catched by the default
case which is an error return. The RGMII modes are valid modes for the
driver, so instead of returning an error add a break statement to return
successfully.
This avoids this warning for non comphy SoCs which use RGMII, like
SolidRun Clearfog:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 268 at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3512 mvneta_start_dev+0x220/0x23c
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all arrays related to device dump in header file to C file.
Also, move the function that shares the arrays to the same C file.
Fixes following warnings reported by make W=1 in several places:
cudbg_entity.h:513:18: warning: 't6_hma_ireg_array' defined but not
used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
513 | static const u32 t6_hma_ireg_array[][IREG_NUM_ELEM] = {
Fixes: a7975a2f9a ("cxgb4: collect register dump")
Fixes: 17b332f480 ("cxgb4: add support to read serial flash")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access to on-chip memory for flashing PHY firmware must always
be synchronized. So, ensure the callers take on-chip memory lock.
Also fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:1641:26: warning: context imbalance in 't4_load_phy_fw' -
different lock contexts for basic block
Fixes: 01b6961410 ("cxgb4: Add PHY firmware support for T420-BT cards")
Fixes: 4ee339e1e9 ("cxgb4: add support to flash PHY image")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we know the xgmac hardware always has a c45
compliant bus, let's try scanning for c22 capable
PHYs first. If we fail to find any, then it will
fall back to c45 automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ACPI support for xgmac MDIO bus registration while maintaining
the existing DT support.
The function mdiobus_register() inside of_mdiobus_register(), brings
up all the PHYs on the mdio bus and attach them to the bus.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Legacy PM involves usage of PCI helper functions like pci_enable_wake()
which is no longer recommended.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI
states changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .suspend() and .resume() were invoking pci_disable_device()
and pci_enable_device() respectively to manage the device's power state.
driver also invoked pci_save/restore_state() and pci_set_power_sitate().
With generic PM, it is no longer needed. The driver is expected to just
implement driver-specific operations and leave power transitions to PCI
core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .suspend() and .resume() were invoking pci_disable_device()
and pci_enable_device() respectively to manage the device's power state.
With generic PM, it is no longer needed. The driver is expected to just
implement driver-specific operations and leave power transitions to PCI
core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With stable support of generic PM callbacks, drivers no longer need to use
legacy .suspend() and .resume() in which they had to maintain PCI states
changes and device's power state themselves.
Earlier, .resume() was invoking pci_enable_device(). Drivers should not
call PCI legacy helper functions, hence, it was removed. This should not
change the behavior of the device as this function is called by PCI core
if somehow pm_ops is not able to bind with the driver, else, required tasks
are managed by the core itself.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With legacy PM hooks, it was the responsibility of a driver to manage PCI
states and also the device's power state. The generic approach is to let the
PCI core handle the work.
The legacy suspend() and resume() were making use of
pci_read/write_config_dword() to enable/disable wol. Driver editing
configuration registers of a device is not recommended. Thus replace them
all with device_wakeup_enable/disable().
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dev_pm_ops structure to call generic suspend() and resume() callbacks.
Drivers should avoid saving device register and/or change power states
using PCI helper functions. With the generic approach, all these are handled
by PCI core.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers should not save device registers and/or change the power state of
the device. As per the generic PM approach, these are handled by PCI core.
The driver should support dev_pm_ops callbacks and bind them to pci_driver.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove legacy PM callbacks and use generic operations. With legacy code,
drivers were responsible for handling PCI PM operations like
pci_save_state(). In generic code, all these are handled by PCI core.
The generic suspend() and resume() are called at the same point the legacy
ones were called. Thus, it does not affect the normal functioning of the
driver.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Gupta <vaibhavgupta40@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev cannot be NULL here since its already being accessed
before. Remove the redundant null check.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Singh <gaurav1086@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual functions does not have VPD information. This patch modifies
calling bnxt_read_vpd_info() only for PFs and avoids an unnecessary
error log.
Fixes: a0d0fd70fe ("bnxt_en: Read partno and serialno of the board from VPD")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On older firmware, the hardware statistics are not cleared when the
driver frees the hardware stats contexts during ifdown. The driver
expects these stats to be cleared and saves a copy before freeing
the stats contexts. During the next ifup, the driver will likely
allocate the same hardware stats contexts and this will cause a big
increase in the counters as the old counters are added back to the
saved counters.
We fix it by making an additional firmware call to clear the counters
before freeing the hw stats contexts when the firmware is the older
20.x firmware.
Fixes: b8875ca356 ("bnxt_en: Save ring statistics before reset.")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kicinski@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older firmware may not support legacy TX push properly and may not
be disabling it. So we check certain firmware versions that may
have this problem and disable legacy TX push unconditionally.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently only store the firmware version as a string for ethtool
and devlink info. Store it also as a version code. The next 2
patches will need to check the firmware major version to determine
some workarounds.
We also use the 16-bit firmware version fields if the firmware is newer
and provides the 16-bit fields.
Reviewed-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtek added new members to the RTL8125 chip family, therefore rename
RTL8125 to RTL8125a. Then we use the same chip naming as in the r8125
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than requiring every hw crypto capable NIC driver to do a check for
slave_dev being set, set real_dev in the xfrm layer and xso init time, and
then override it in the bonding driver as needed. Then NIC drivers can
always use real_dev, and at the same time, we eliminate the use of a
variable name that probably shouldn't have been used in the first place,
particularly given recent current events.
CC: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
CC: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
CC: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Suggested-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update several kernel-doc line comments to fix warnings reported by
make W=1.
Fixes following class of warnings reported by make W=1 in several
places:
cxgb4vf_main.c:275: warning: Function parameter or member 'persistent'
not described in 'cxgb4vf_change_mac'
cxgb4vf_main.c:275: warning: Excess function parameter 'persist'
description in 'cxgb4vf_change_mac'
Fixes: 16f8bd4be7 ("cxgb4vf: Add core T4 PCI-E SR-IOV Virtual Function hardware definitions and device communication code")
Fixes: c6e0d91464 ("cxgb4vf: Add T4 Virtual Function Scatter-Gather Engine DMA code")
Fixes: e0a8b34a9c ("cxgb4vf: Add and initialize some sge params for VF driver")
Fixes: c3168cabe1 ("cxgb4/cxgbvf: Handle 32-bit fw port capabilities")
Fixes: 0e23daeb64 ("drivers/net: chelsio/cxgb*: Convert timers to use timer_setup()")
Fixes: 3f8cfd0d95 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Program hash region for {t4/t4vf}_change_mac()")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update several kernel-doc line comments to fix warnings reported by
make W=1.
Fixes following class of warnings reported by make W=1 in several
places:
l2t.c:616: warning: Cannot understand * @dev: net_device pointer
t4_hw.c:3175: warning: Function parameter or member 'adap' not
described in 't4_get_exprom_version'
t4_hw.c:3175: warning: Excess function parameter 'adapter' description
in 't4_get_exprom_version'
Fixes: 56d36be4dd ("cxgb4: Add HW and FW support code")
Fixes: fd3a47900b ("cxgb4: Add packet queues and packet DMA code")
Fixes: 26f7cbc0a5 ("cxgb4: Don't attempt to upgrade T4 firmware when cxgb4 will end up as a slave")
Fixes: 793dad94e7 ("RDMA/cxgb4: Fix bug for active and passive LE hash collision path")
Fixes: ba3f8cd55f ("cxgb4: Add support in cxgb4 to get expansion rom version via ethtool")
Fixes: f7502659ce ("cxgb4: Add API to alloc l2t entry; also update existing ones")
Fixes: ddc7740d9a ("cxgb4: Decode link down reason code obtained from firmware")
Fixes: 193c4c2845 ("cxgb4: Update T6 Buffer Group and Channel Mappings")
Fixes: 8f46d46715 ("cxgb4: Use Firmware params to get buffer-group map")
Fixes: a456950445 ("cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP")
Fixes: 9c33e4208b ("cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Fixes: c3168cabe1 ("cxgb4/cxgbvf: Handle 32-bit fw port capabilities")
Fixes: 5ccf9d0496 ("cxgb4: update API for TP indirect register access")
Fixes: 3bdb376e69 ("cxgb4: introduce SMT ops to prepare for SMAC rewrite support")
Fixes: 736c3b9447 ("cxgb4: collect egress and ingress SGE queue contexts")
Fixes: f56ec6766d ("cxgb4: Add support for ethtool i2c dump")
Fixes: 9d5fd927d2 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: add support for ndo_set_vf_vlan")
Fixes: 98f3697f8d ("cxgb4: add tc flower match support for tunnel VNI")
Fixes: 02d805dc5f ("cxgb4: use new fw interface to get the VIN and smt index")
Fixes: 3f8cfd0d95 ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Program hash region for {t4/t4vf}_change_mac()")
Fixes: d429005fdf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add support for SGE doorbell queue timer")
Fixes: 0e395b3cb1 ("cxgb4: add FLOWC based QoS offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the set but unused variable when DCB is disabled. Instead,
do the calculation directly inline.
Fixes following warning in make W=1:
cxgb4_main.c: In function 'cfg_queues':
cxgb4_main.c:5380:29: warning: variable 'n1g' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
u32 i, n10g = 0, qidx = 0, n1g = 0;
^
Fixes: 116ca924ae ("cxgb4: fix checks for max queues to allocate")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DCB version string array extern to header file.
Fixes following sparse warning:
cxgb4_dcb.c:13:12: warning: symbol 'dcb_ver_array' was not declared.
Should it be static?
Fixes: ebddd97afb ("cxgb4: add support to display DCB info")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The checksum field in IPv4 header is in __sum16 and ip_fast_csum()
also returns __sum16. So, no need to cast it to u16.
Fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:1539:47: warning: cast from restricted __sum16
sge.c:1539:44: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
sge.c:1539:44: expected restricted __sum16 [usertype] check
sge.c:1539:44: got unsigned short [usertype]
Fixes: d0a1299c6b ("cxgb4: add support for vxlan segmentation offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data in destination buffer is expected to be be parsed in big
endian. So, use the right context.
Fixes following sparse warning:
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different
base types)
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: expected unsigned long long [usertype]
cudbg_lib.c:2041:44: got restricted __be64 [usertype]
Fixes: 736c3b9447 ("cxgb4: collect egress and ingress SGE queue contexts")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use correct type to check for all-mask exact match IP addresses.
Fixes following sparse warnings due to big endian value checks
against 0xffffffff in is_addr_all_mask():
cxgb4_filter.c:977:25: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:983:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:984:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:985:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
cxgb4_filter.c:986:37: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
Fixes: 3eb8b62d5a ("cxgb4: add support to create hash-filters via tc-flower offload")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The source and destination L4 ports in filter offload need to be
in CPU endian. They will finally be converted to Big Endian after
all operations are done and before giving them to hardware. The
L4 ports for NAT are expected to be passed as a byte stream TCB.
So, treat them as such.
Fixes following sparse warnings in several places:
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: warning: cast from restricted __be16
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different
base types)
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: expected unsigned short [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_flower.c:159:33: got restricted __be16 [usertype] dst
Fixes: dca4faeb81 ("cxgb4: Add LE hash collision bug fix path in LLD driver")
Fixes: 62488e4b53 ("cxgb4: add basic tc flower offload support")
Fixes: 557ccbf9df ("cxgb4: add tc flower support for L3/L4 rewrite")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC-U32 passes all keys values and masks in __be32 format. The parser
already expects this and hence pass the value and masks in __be32
natively to the parser.
Fixes following sparse warnings in several places:
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base
types)
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: expected unsigned int [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_u32.c:57:21: got restricted __be32 [usertype] val
cxgb4_tc_u32_parse.h:48:24: warning: cast to restricted __be32
Fixes: 2e8aad7bf2 ("cxgb4: add parser to translate u32 filters to internal spec")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use get_unaligned_be64() to fetch the timestamp needed for ns_to_ktime()
conversion.
Fixes following sparse warning:
sge.c:3282:43: warning: cast to restricted __be64
Fixes: a456950445 ("cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
